blob: 1cfa7b0fc3361464ffda9459b2758f8d004a3fdc [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001*eval.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 04
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Expression evaluation *expression* *expr* *E15* *eval*
8
9Using expressions is introduced in chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
10
11Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time. If this has been
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000012done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and
13|no-eval-feature|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000014
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000151. Variables |variables|
16 1.1 Variable types
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000017 1.2 Function references |Funcref|
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +000018 1.3 Lists |Lists|
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000019 1.4 Dictionaries |Dictionaries|
20 1.5 More about variables |more-variables|
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000212. Expression syntax |expression-syntax|
223. Internal variable |internal-variables|
234. Builtin Functions |functions|
245. Defining functions |user-functions|
256. Curly braces names |curly-braces-names|
267. Commands |expression-commands|
278. Exception handling |exception-handling|
289. Examples |eval-examples|
2910. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature|
3011. The sandbox |eval-sandbox|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000031
32{Vi does not have any of these commands}
33
34==============================================================================
351. Variables *variables*
36
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000371.1 Variable types ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +000038 *E712*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000039There are four types of variables:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000040
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000041Number A 32 bit signed number.
42 Examples: -123 0x10 0177
43
44String A NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes).
45 Examples: "ab\txx\"--" 'x-z''a,c'
46
47Funcref A reference to a function |Funcref|.
48 Example: function("strlen")
49
50List An ordered sequence of items |List|.
51 Example: [1, 2, ['a', 'b']]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000052
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000053The Number and String types are converted automatically, depending on how they
54are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000055
56Conversion from a Number to a String is by making the ASCII representation of
57the Number. Examples: >
58 Number 123 --> String "123"
59 Number 0 --> String "0"
60 Number -1 --> String "-1"
61
62Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
63to a number. Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized. If
64the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero. Examples: >
65 String "456" --> Number 456
66 String "6bar" --> Number 6
67 String "foo" --> Number 0
68 String "0xf1" --> Number 241
69 String "0100" --> Number 64
70 String "-8" --> Number -8
71 String "+8" --> Number 0
72
73To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: >
74 :echo "0100" + 0
75
76For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
77
78Note that in the command >
79 :if "foo"
80"foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE. To test for a non-empty string,
81use strlen(): >
82 :if strlen("foo")
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +000083< *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731*
84List, Dictionary and Funcref types are not automatically converted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000085
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000086 *E706*
87You will get an error if you try to change the type of a variable. You need
88to |:unlet| it first to avoid this error. String and Number are considered
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000089equivalent though. Consider this sequence of commands: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000090 :let l = "string"
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000091 :let l = 44 " changes type from String to Number
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000092 :let l = [1, 2, 3] " error!
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000093
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000094
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000951.2 Function references ~
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +000096 *Funcref* *E695* *E718*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000097A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function. It can be used
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +000098in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
99around the arguments, to invoke the function it refers to. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000100
101 :let Fn = function("MyFunc")
102 :echo Fn()
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000103< *E704* *E705* *E707*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000104A Funcref variable must start with a capital, "s:", "w:" or "b:". You cannot
105have both a Funcref variable and a function with the same name.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000106
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000107A special case is defining a function and directly assigning its Funcref to a
108Dictionary entry. Example: >
109 :function dict.init() dict
110 : let self.val = 0
111 :endfunction
112
113The key of the Dictionary can start with a lower case letter. The actual
114function name is not used here. Also see |numbered-function|.
115
116A Funcref can also be used with the |:call| command: >
117 :call Fn()
118 :call dict.init()
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000119
120The name of the referenced function can be obtained with |string()|. >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000121 :let func = string(Fn)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000122
123You can use |call()| to invoke a Funcref and use a list variable for the
124arguments: >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000125 :let r = call(Fn, mylist)
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000126
127
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001281.3 Lists ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000129 *List* *Lists* *E686*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000130A List is an ordered sequence of items. An item can be of any type. Items
131can be accessed by their index number. Items can be added and removed at any
132position in the sequence.
133
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000134
135List creation ~
136 *E696* *E697*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000137A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000138Examples: >
139 :let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"]
140 :let emptylist = []
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000141
142An item can be any expression. Using a List for an item creates a
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000143nested List: >
144 :let nestlist = [[11, 12], [21, 22], [31, 32]]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000145
146An extra comma after the last item is ignored.
147
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000148
149List index ~
150 *list-index* *E684*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000151An item in the List can be accessed by putting the index in square brackets
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000152after the List. Indexes are zero-based, thus the first item has index zero. >
153 :let item = mylist[0] " get the first item: 1
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000154 :let item = mylist[2] " get the third item: 3
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000155
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000156When the resulting item is a list this can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000157 :let item = nestlist[0][1] " get the first list, second item: 12
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000158<
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000159A negative index is counted from the end. Index -1 refers to the last item in
160the List, -2 to the last but one item, etc. >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000161 :let last = mylist[-1] " get the last item: "four"
162
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000163To avoid an error for an invalid index use the |get()| function. When an item
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000164is not available it returns zero or the default value you specify: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000165 :echo get(mylist, idx)
166 :echo get(mylist, idx, "NONE")
167
168
169List concatenation ~
170
171Two lists can be concatenated with the "+" operator: >
172 :let longlist = mylist + [5, 6]
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000173 :let mylist += [7, 8]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000174
175To prepend or append an item turn the item into a list by putting [] around
176it. To change a list in-place see |list-modification| below.
177
178
179Sublist ~
180
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000181A part of the List can be obtained by specifying the first and last index,
182separated by a colon in square brackets: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000183 :let shortlist = mylist[2:-1] " get List [3, "four"]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000184
185Omitting the first index is similar to zero. Omitting the last index is
186similar to -1. The difference is that there is no error if the items are not
187available. >
Bram Moolenaar540d6e32005-01-09 21:20:18 +0000188 :let endlist = mylist[2:] " from item 2 to the end: [3, "four"]
189 :let shortlist = mylist[2:2] " List with one item: [3]
190 :let otherlist = mylist[:] " make a copy of the List
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000191
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000192The second index can be just before the first index. In that case the result
193is an empty list. If the second index is lower, this results in an error. >
194 :echo mylist[2:1] " result: []
195 :echo mylist[2:0] " error!
196
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000197
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000198List identity ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000199 *list-identity*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000200When variable "aa" is a list and you assign it to another variable "bb", both
201variables refer to the same list. Thus changing the list "aa" will also
202change "bb": >
203 :let aa = [1, 2, 3]
204 :let bb = aa
205 :call add(aa, 4)
206 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000207< [1, 2, 3, 4]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000208
209Making a copy of a list is done with the |copy()| function. Using [:] also
210works, as explained above. This creates a shallow copy of the list: Changing
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000211a list item in the list will also change the item in the copied list: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000212 :let aa = [[1, 'a'], 2, 3]
213 :let bb = copy(aa)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000214 :call add(aa, 4)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000215 :let aa[0][1] = 'aaa'
216 :echo aa
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000217< [[1, aaa], 2, 3, 4] >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000218 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000219< [[1, aaa], 2, 3]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000220
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000221To make a completely independent list use |deepcopy()|. This also makes a
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000222copy of the values in the list, recursively. Up to a hundred levels deep.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000223
224The operator "is" can be used to check if two variables refer to the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000225List. "isnot" does the opposite. In contrast "==" compares if two lists have
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000226the same value. >
227 :let alist = [1, 2, 3]
228 :let blist = [1, 2, 3]
229 :echo alist is blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000230< 0 >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000231 :echo alist == blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000232< 1
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000233
234
235List unpack ~
236
237To unpack the items in a list to individual variables, put the variables in
238square brackets, like list items: >
239 :let [var1, var2] = mylist
240
241When the number of variables does not match the number of items in the list
242this produces an error. To handle any extra items from the list append ";"
243and a variable name: >
244 :let [var1, var2; rest] = mylist
245
246This works like: >
247 :let var1 = mylist[0]
248 :let var2 = mylist[1]
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000249 :let rest = mylist[2:]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000250
251Except that there is no error if there are only two items. "rest" will be an
252empty list then.
253
254
255List modification ~
256 *list-modification*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000257To change a specific item of a list use |:let| this way: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000258 :let list[4] = "four"
259 :let listlist[0][3] = item
260
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000261To change part of a list you can specify the first and last item to be
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000262modified. The value must at least have the number of items in the range: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000263 :let list[3:5] = [3, 4, 5]
264
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000265Adding and removing items from a list is done with functions. Here are a few
266examples: >
267 :call insert(list, 'a') " prepend item 'a'
268 :call insert(list, 'a', 3) " insert item 'a' before list[3]
269 :call add(list, "new") " append String item
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000270 :call add(list, [1, 2]) " append a List as one new item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000271 :call extend(list, [1, 2]) " extend the list with two more items
272 :let i = remove(list, 3) " remove item 3
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000273 :unlet list[3] " idem
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000274 :let l = remove(list, 3, -1) " remove items 3 to last item
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000275 :unlet list[3 : ] " idem
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000276 :call filter(list, 'v:val !~ "x"') " remove items with an 'x'
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000277
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000278Changing the order of items in a list: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000279 :call sort(list) " sort a list alphabetically
280 :call reverse(list) " reverse the order of items
281
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000282
283For loop ~
284
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000285The |:for| loop executes commands for each item in a list. A variable is set
286to each item in the list in sequence. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000287 :for item in mylist
288 : call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000289 :endfor
290
291This works like: >
292 :let index = 0
293 :while index < len(mylist)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000294 : let item = mylist[index]
295 : :call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000296 : let index = index + 1
297 :endwhile
298
299Note that all items in the list should be of the same type, otherwise this
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000300results in error |E706|. To avoid this |:unlet| the variable at the end of
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000301the loop.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000302
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000303If all you want to do is modify each item in the list then the |map()|
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000304function will be a simpler method than a for loop.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000305
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000306Just like the |:let| command, |:for| also accepts a list of variables. This
307requires the argument to be a list of lists. >
308 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 8], [3, 0]]
309 : call Doit(lnum, col)
310 :endfor
311
312This works like a |:let| command is done for each list item. Again, the types
313must remain the same to avoid an error.
314
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000315It is also possible to put remaining items in a List variable: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000316 :for [i, j; rest] in listlist
317 : call Doit(i, j)
318 : if !empty(rest)
319 : echo "remainder: " . string(rest)
320 : endif
321 :endfor
322
323
324List functions ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000325 *E714*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000326Functions that are useful with a List: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000327 :let r = call(funcname, list) " call a function with an argument list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000328 :if empty(list) " check if list is empty
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000329 :let l = len(list) " number of items in list
330 :let big = max(list) " maximum value in list
331 :let small = min(list) " minimum value in list
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000332 :let xs = count(list, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in list
333 :let i = index(list, 'x') " index of first 'x' in list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000334 :let lines = getline(1, 10) " get ten text lines from buffer
335 :call append('$', lines) " append text lines in buffer
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000336 :let list = split("a b c") " create list from items in a string
337 :let string = join(list, ', ') " create string from list items
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000338 :let s = string(list) " String representation of list
339 :call map(list, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000340
341
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003421.4 Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000343 *Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000344A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value. The
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000345entry can be located with the key. The entries are stored without a specific
346ordering.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000347
348
349Dictionary creation ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000350 *E720* *E721* *E722* *E723*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000351A Dictionary is created with a comma separated list of entries in curly
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000352braces. Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon. Each key can
353only appear once. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000354 :let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
355 :let emptydict = {}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000356< *E713* *E716* *E717*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000357A key is always a String. You can use a Number, it will be converted to a
358String automatically. Thus the String '4' and the number 4 will find the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000359entry. Note that the String '04' and the Number 04 are different, since the
360Number will be converted to the String '4'.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000361
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000362A value can be any expression. Using a Dictionary for a value creates a
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000363nested Dictionary: >
364 :let nestdict = {1: {11: 'a', 12: 'b'}, 2: {21: 'c'}}
365
366An extra comma after the last entry is ignored.
367
368
369Accessing entries ~
370
371The normal way to access an entry is by putting the key in square brackets: >
372 :let val = mydict["one"]
373 :let mydict["four"] = 4
374
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000375You can add new entries to an existing Dictionary this way, unlike Lists.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000376
377For keys that consist entirely of letters, digits and underscore the following
378form can be used |expr-entry|: >
379 :let val = mydict.one
380 :let mydict.four = 4
381
382Since an entry can be any type, also a List and a Dictionary, the indexing and
383key lookup can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000384 :echo dict.key[idx].key
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000385
386
387Dictionary to List conversion ~
388
389You may want to loop over the entries in a dictionary. For this you need to
390turn the Dictionary into a List and pass it to |:for|.
391
392Most often you want to loop over the keys, using the |keys()| function: >
393 :for key in keys(mydict)
394 : echo key . ': ' . mydict[key]
395 :endfor
396
397The List of keys is unsorted. You may want to sort them first: >
398 :for key in sort(keys(mydict))
399
400To loop over the values use the |values()| function: >
401 :for v in values(mydict)
402 : echo "value: " . v
403 :endfor
404
405If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function. It returns
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000406a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000407 :for entry in items(mydict)
408 : echo entry[0] . ': ' . entry[1]
409 :endfor
410
411
412Dictionary identity ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000413 *dict-identity*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000414Just like Lists you need to use |copy()| and |deepcopy()| to make a copy of a
415Dictionary. Otherwise, assignment results in referring to the same
416Dictionary: >
417 :let onedict = {'a': 1, 'b': 2}
418 :let adict = onedict
419 :let adict['a'] = 11
420 :echo onedict['a']
421 11
422
423For more info see |list-identity|.
424
425
426Dictionary modification ~
427 *dict-modification*
428To change an already existing entry of a Dictionary, or to add a new entry,
429use |:let| this way: >
430 :let dict[4] = "four"
431 :let dict['one'] = item
432
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000433Removing an entry from a Dictionary is done with |remove()| or |:unlet|.
434Three ways to remove the entry with key "aaa" from dict: >
435 :let i = remove(dict, 'aaa')
436 :unlet dict.aaa
437 :unlet dict['aaa']
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000438
439Merging a Dictionary with another is done with |extend()|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000440 :call extend(adict, bdict)
441This extends adict with all entries from bdict. Duplicate keys cause entries
442in adict to be overwritten. An optional third argument can change this.
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000443Note that the order of entries in a Dictionary is irrelevant, thus don't
444expect ":echo adict" to show the items from bdict after the older entries in
445adict.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000446
447Weeding out entries from a Dictionary can be done with |filter()|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000448 :call filter(dict 'v:val =~ "x"')
449This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000450
451
452Dictionary function ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000453 *Dictionary-function* *self* *E725*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000454When a function is defined with the "dict" attribute it can be used in a
455special way with a dictionary. Example: >
456 :function Mylen() dict
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000457 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000458 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000459 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3], 'len': function("Mylen")}
460 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000461
462This is like a method in object oriented programming. The entry in the
463Dictionary is a |Funcref|. The local variable "self" refers to the dictionary
464the function was invoked from.
465
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000466It is also possible to add a function without the "dict" attribute as a
467Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
468
469 *numbered-function*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000470To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
471assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000472 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
473 :function mydict.len() dict
474 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000475 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000476 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000477
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000478The function will then get a number and the value of dict.len is a |Funcref|
479that references this function. The function can only be used through a
480|Funcref|. It will automatically be deleted when there is no |Funcref|
481remaining that refers to it.
482
483It is not necessary to use the "dict" attribute for a numbered function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000484
485
486Functions for Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000487 *E715*
488Functions that can be used with a Dictionary: >
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000489 :if has_key(dict, 'foo') " TRUE if dict has entry with key "foo"
490 :if empty(dict) " TRUE if dict is empty
491 :let l = len(dict) " number of items in dict
492 :let big = max(dict) " maximum value in dict
493 :let small = min(dict) " minimum value in dict
494 :let xs = count(dict, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in dict
495 :let s = string(dict) " String representation of dict
496 :call map(dict, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000497
498
4991.5 More about variables ~
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000500 *more-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000501If you need to know the type of a variable or expression, use the |type()|
502function.
503
504When the '!' flag is included in the 'viminfo' option, global variables that
505start with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase letter, are
506stored in the viminfo file |viminfo-file|.
507
508When the 'sessionoptions' option contains "global", global variables that
509start with an uppercase letter and contain at least one lowercase letter are
510stored in the session file |session-file|.
511
512variable name can be stored where ~
513my_var_6 not
514My_Var_6 session file
515MY_VAR_6 viminfo file
516
517
518It's possible to form a variable name with curly braces, see
519|curly-braces-names|.
520
521==============================================================================
5222. Expression syntax *expression-syntax*
523
524Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
525
526|expr1| expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 if-then-else
527
528|expr2| expr3 || expr3 .. logical OR
529
530|expr3| expr4 && expr4 .. logical AND
531
532|expr4| expr5 == expr5 equal
533 expr5 != expr5 not equal
534 expr5 > expr5 greater than
535 expr5 >= expr5 greater than or equal
536 expr5 < expr5 smaller than
537 expr5 <= expr5 smaller than or equal
538 expr5 =~ expr5 regexp matches
539 expr5 !~ expr5 regexp doesn't match
540
541 expr5 ==? expr5 equal, ignoring case
542 expr5 ==# expr5 equal, match case
543 etc. As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for
544 matching case
545
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000546 expr5 is expr5 same List instance
547 expr5 isnot expr5 different List instance
548
549|expr5| expr6 + expr6 .. number addition or list concatenation
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000550 expr6 - expr6 .. number subtraction
551 expr6 . expr6 .. string concatenation
552
553|expr6| expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication
554 expr7 / expr7 .. number division
555 expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo
556
557|expr7| ! expr7 logical NOT
558 - expr7 unary minus
559 + expr7 unary plus
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000560
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000561
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000562|expr8| expr8[expr1] byte of a String or item of a List
563 expr8[expr1 : expr1] substring of a String or sublist of a List
564 expr8.name entry in a Dictionary
565 expr8(expr1, ...) function call with Funcref variable
566
567|expr9| number number constant
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000568 "string" string constant, backslash is special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000569 'string' string constant, ' is doubled
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000570 [expr1, ...] List
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000571 {expr1: expr1, ...} Dictionary
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000572 &option option value
573 (expr1) nested expression
574 variable internal variable
575 va{ria}ble internal variable with curly braces
576 $VAR environment variable
577 @r contents of register 'r'
578 function(expr1, ...) function call
579 func{ti}on(expr1, ...) function call with curly braces
580
581
582".." indicates that the operations in this level can be concatenated.
583Example: >
584 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
585
586All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.
587
588
589expr1 *expr1* *E109*
590-----
591
592expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
593
594The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number. If it evaluates to
595non-zero, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':',
596otherwise the result is the value of the expression after the ':'.
597Example: >
598 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum
599
600Since the first expression is an "expr2", it cannot contain another ?:. The
601other two expressions can, thus allow for recursive use of ?:.
602Example: >
603 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum == 1000 ? "last" : lnum
604
605To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: >
606 :echo lnum == 1
607 :\ ? "top"
608 :\ : lnum == 1000
609 :\ ? "last"
610 :\ : lnum
611
612
613expr2 and expr3 *expr2* *expr3*
614---------------
615
616 *expr-barbar* *expr-&&*
617The "||" and "&&" operators take one argument on each side. The arguments
618are (converted to) Numbers. The result is:
619
620 input output ~
621n1 n2 n1 || n2 n1 && n2 ~
622zero zero zero zero
623zero non-zero non-zero zero
624non-zero zero non-zero zero
625non-zero non-zero non-zero non-zero
626
627The operators can be concatenated, for example: >
628
629 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
630
631Note that "&&" takes precedence over "||", so this has the meaning of: >
632
633 &nu || (&list && &shell == "csh")
634
635Once the result is known, the expression "short-circuits", that is, further
636arguments are not evaluated. This is like what happens in C. For example: >
637
638 let a = 1
639 echo a || b
640
641This is valid even if there is no variable called "b" because "a" is non-zero,
642so the result must be non-zero. Similarly below: >
643
644 echo exists("b") && b == "yes"
645
646This is valid whether "b" has been defined or not. The second clause will
647only be evaluated if "b" has been defined.
648
649
650expr4 *expr4*
651-----
652
653expr5 {cmp} expr5
654
655Compare two expr5 expressions, resulting in a 0 if it evaluates to false, or 1
656if it evaluates to true.
657
658 *expr-==* *expr-!=* *expr->* *expr->=*
659 *expr-<* *expr-<=* *expr-=~* *expr-!~*
660 *expr-==#* *expr-!=#* *expr->#* *expr->=#*
661 *expr-<#* *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#*
662 *expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?* *expr->=?*
663 *expr-<?* *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000664 *expr-is*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000665 use 'ignorecase' match case ignore case ~
666equal == ==# ==?
667not equal != !=# !=?
668greater than > ># >?
669greater than or equal >= >=# >=?
670smaller than < <# <?
671smaller than or equal <= <=# <=?
672regexp matches =~ =~# =~?
673regexp doesn't match !~ !~# !~?
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000674same instance is
675different instance isnot
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000676
677Examples:
678"abc" ==# "Abc" evaluates to 0
679"abc" ==? "Abc" evaluates to 1
680"abc" == "Abc" evaluates to 1 if 'ignorecase' is set, 0 otherwise
681
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000682 *E691* *E692*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000683A List can only be compared with a List and only "equal", "not equal" and "is"
684can be used. This compares the values of the list, recursively. Ignoring
685case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
686
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000687 *E735* *E736*
688A Dictionary can only be compared with a Dictionary and only "equal", "not
689equal" and "is" can be used. This compares the key/values of the Dictionary,
690recursively. Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
691
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000692 *E693* *E694*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000693A Funcref can only be compared with a Funcref and only "equal" and "not equal"
694can be used. Case is never ignored.
695
696When using "is" or "isnot" with a List this checks if the expressions are
697referring to the same List instance. A copy of a List is different from the
698original List. When using "is" without a List it is equivalent to using
699"equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal". Except that a
700different type means the values are different. "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'"
701is false.
702
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000703When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
704and the comparison is done on Numbers. This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
705because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.
706
707When comparing two Strings, this is done with strcmp() or stricmp(). This
708results in the mathematical difference (comparing byte values), not
709necessarily the alphabetical difference in the local language.
710
711When using the operators with a trailing '#", or the short version and
712'ignorecase' is off, the comparing is done with strcmp().
713
714When using the operators with a trailing '?', or the short version and
715'ignorecase' is set, the comparing is done with stricmp().
716
717The "=~" and "!~" operators match the lefthand argument with the righthand
718argument, which is used as a pattern. See |pattern| for what a pattern is.
719This matching is always done like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no
720matter what the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is. This makes scripts
721portable. To avoid backslashes in the regexp pattern to be doubled, use a
722single-quote string, see |literal-string|.
723Since a string is considered to be a single line, a multi-line pattern
724(containing \n, backslash-n) will not match. However, a literal NL character
725can be matched like an ordinary character. Examples:
726 "foo\nbar" =~ "\n" evaluates to 1
727 "foo\nbar" =~ "\\n" evaluates to 0
728
729
730expr5 and expr6 *expr5* *expr6*
731---------------
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000732expr6 + expr6 .. Number addition or List concatenation *expr-+*
733expr6 - expr6 .. Number subtraction *expr--*
734expr6 . expr6 .. String concatenation *expr-.*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000735
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000736For Lists only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list. The result
737is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
738
739expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication *expr-star*
740expr7 / expr7 .. number division *expr-/*
741expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo *expr-%*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000742
743For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
744
745Note the difference between "+" and ".":
746 "123" + "456" = 579
747 "123" . "456" = "123456"
748
749When the righthand side of '/' is zero, the result is 0x7fffffff.
750When the righthand side of '%' is zero, the result is 0.
751
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000752None of these work for Funcrefs.
753
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000754
755expr7 *expr7*
756-----
757! expr7 logical NOT *expr-!*
758- expr7 unary minus *expr-unary--*
759+ expr7 unary plus *expr-unary-+*
760
761For '!' non-zero becomes zero, zero becomes one.
762For '-' the sign of the number is changed.
763For '+' the number is unchanged.
764
765A String will be converted to a Number first.
766
767These three can be repeated and mixed. Examples:
768 !-1 == 0
769 !!8 == 1
770 --9 == 9
771
772
773expr8 *expr8*
774-----
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000775expr8[expr1] item of String or List *expr-[]* *E111*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000776
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000777If expr8 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
778expr1'th single byte from expr8. expr8 is used as a String, expr1 as a
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000779Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000780
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000781Index zero gives the first character. This is like it works in C. Careful:
782text column numbers start with one! Example, to get the character under the
783cursor: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000784 :let c = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1]
785
786If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000787String. A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backwards
788compatibility). Use [-1:] to get the last byte.
789
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000790If expr8 is a List then it results the item at index expr1. See |list-index|
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000791for possible index values. If the index is out of range this results in an
792error. Example: >
793 :let item = mylist[-1] " get last item
794
795Generally, if a List index is equal to or higher than the length of the List,
796or more negative than the length of the List, this results in an error.
797
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000798
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000799expr8[expr1a : expr1b] substring or sublist *expr-[:]*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000800
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000801If expr8 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
802from expr1a to and including expr1b. expr8 is used as a String, expr1a and
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000803expr1b are used as a Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte
804encodings.
805
806If expr1a is omitted zero is used. If expr1b is omitted the length of the
807string minus one is used.
808
809A negative number can be used to measure from the end of the string. -1 is
810the last character, -2 the last but one, etc.
811
812If an index goes out of range for the string characters are omitted. If
813expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string.
814
815Examples: >
816 :let c = name[-1:] " last byte of a string
817 :let c = name[-2:-2] " last but one byte of a string
818 :let s = line(".")[4:] " from the fifth byte to the end
819 :let s = s[:-3] " remove last two bytes
820
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000821If expr8 is a List this results in a new List with the items indicated by the
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000822indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained just
823above, except that indexes out of range cause an error. Examples: >
824 :let l = mylist[:3] " first four items
825 :let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item
826 :let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List
827
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000828Using expr8[expr1] or expr8[expr1a : expr1b] on a Funcref results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000829
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000830
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000831expr8.name entry in a Dictionary *expr-entry*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000832
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000833If expr8 is a Dictionary and it is followed by a dot, then the following name
834will be used as a key in the Dictionary. This is just like: expr8[name].
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000835
836The name must consist of alphanumeric characters, just like a variable name,
837but it may start with a number. Curly braces cannot be used.
838
839There must not be white space before or after the dot.
840
841Examples: >
842 :let dict = {"one": 1, 2: "two"}
843 :echo dict.one
844 :echo dict .2
845
846Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation. To avoid confusion
847always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation.
848
849
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000850expr8(expr1, ...) Funcref function call
851
852When expr8 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
853
854
855
856 *expr9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000857number
858------
859number number constant *expr-number*
860
861Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
862
863
864string *expr-string* *E114*
865------
866"string" string constant *expr-quote*
867
868Note that double quotes are used.
869
870A string constant accepts these special characters:
871\... three-digit octal number (e.g., "\316")
872\.. two-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
873\. one-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
874\x.. byte specified with two hex numbers (e.g., "\x1f")
875\x. byte specified with one hex number (must be followed by non-hex char)
876\X.. same as \x..
877\X. same as \x.
878\u.... character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
879 current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
880\U.... same as \u....
881\b backspace <BS>
882\e escape <Esc>
883\f formfeed <FF>
884\n newline <NL>
885\r return <CR>
886\t tab <Tab>
887\\ backslash
888\" double quote
889\<xxx> Special key named "xxx". e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W.
890
891Note that "\000" and "\x00" force the end of the string.
892
893
894literal-string *literal-string* *E115*
895---------------
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000896'string' string constant *expr-'*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000897
898Note that single quotes are used.
899
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000900This string is taken as it is. No backslashes are removed or have a special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000901meaning. The only exception is that two quotes stand for one quote.
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000902
903Single quoted strings are useful for patterns, so that backslashes do not need
904to be doubled. These two commands are equivalent: >
905 if a =~ "\\s*"
906 if a =~ '\s*'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908
909option *expr-option* *E112* *E113*
910------
911&option option value, local value if possible
912&g:option global option value
913&l:option local option value
914
915Examples: >
916 echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop
917 if &insertmode
918
919Any option name can be used here. See |options|. When using the local value
920and there is no buffer-local or window-local value, the global value is used
921anyway.
922
923
924register *expr-register*
925--------
926@r contents of register 'r'
927
928The result is the contents of the named register, as a single string.
929Newlines are inserted where required. To get the contents of the unnamed
930register use @" or @@. The '=' register can not be used here. See
931|registers| for an explanation of the available registers.
932
933
934nesting *expr-nesting* *E110*
935-------
936(expr1) nested expression
937
938
939environment variable *expr-env*
940--------------------
941$VAR environment variable
942
943The String value of any environment variable. When it is not defined, the
944result is an empty string.
945 *expr-env-expand*
946Note that there is a difference between using $VAR directly and using
947expand("$VAR"). Using it directly will only expand environment variables that
948are known inside the current Vim session. Using expand() will first try using
949the environment variables known inside the current Vim session. If that
950fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable. This can be slow, but it
951does expand all variables that the shell knows about. Example: >
952 :echo $version
953 :echo expand("$version")
954The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version
955variable (if your shell supports it).
956
957
958internal variable *expr-variable*
959-----------------
960variable internal variable
961See below |internal-variables|.
962
963
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +0000964function call *expr-function* *E116* *E118* *E119* *E120*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000965-------------
966function(expr1, ...) function call
967See below |functions|.
968
969
970==============================================================================
9713. Internal variable *internal-variables* *E121*
972 *E461*
973An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'. But it
974cannot start with a digit. It's also possible to use curly braces, see
975|curly-braces-names|.
976
977An internal variable is created with the ":let" command |:let|.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000978An internal variable is explicitly destroyed with the ":unlet" command
979|:unlet|.
980Using a name that is not an internal variable or refers to a variable that has
981been destroyed results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000982
983There are several name spaces for variables. Which one is to be used is
984specified by what is prepended:
985
986 (nothing) In a function: local to a function; otherwise: global
987|buffer-variable| b: Local to the current buffer.
988|window-variable| w: Local to the current window.
989|global-variable| g: Global.
990|local-variable| l: Local to a function.
991|script-variable| s: Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script.
992|function-argument| a: Function argument (only inside a function).
993|vim-variable| v: Global, predefined by Vim.
994
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +0000995The scope name by itself can be used as a Dictionary. For example, to delete
996all script-local variables: >
997 :for k in keys(s:)
998 : unlet s:[k]
999 :endfor
1000<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001 *buffer-variable* *b:var*
1002A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
1003Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
1004This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
1005|:bdelete|.
1006
1007One local buffer variable is predefined:
1008 *b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
1009b:changedtick The total number of changes to the current buffer. It is
1010 incremented for each change. An undo command is also a change
1011 in this case. This can be used to perform an action only when
1012 the buffer has changed. Example: >
1013 :if my_changedtick != b:changedtick
1014 : let my_changedtick = b:changedtick
1015 : call My_Update()
1016 :endif
1017<
1018 *window-variable* *w:var*
1019A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window. It
1020is deleted when the window is closed.
1021
1022 *global-variable* *g:var*
1023Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:". Omitting this will
1024access a variable local to a function. But "g:" can also be used in any other
1025place if you like.
1026
1027 *local-variable* *l:var*
1028Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
1029But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.
1030
1031 *script-variable* *s:var*
1032In a Vim script variables starting with "s:" can be used. They cannot be
1033accessed from outside of the scripts, thus are local to the script.
1034
1035They can be used in:
1036- commands executed while the script is sourced
1037- functions defined in the script
1038- autocommands defined in the script
1039- functions and autocommands defined in functions and autocommands which were
1040 defined in the script (recursively)
1041- user defined commands defined in the script
1042Thus not in:
1043- other scripts sourced from this one
1044- mappings
1045- etc.
1046
1047script variables can be used to avoid conflicts with global variable names.
1048Take this example:
1049
1050 let s:counter = 0
1051 function MyCounter()
1052 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1053 echo s:counter
1054 endfunction
1055 command Tick call MyCounter()
1056
1057You can now invoke "Tick" from any script, and the "s:counter" variable in
1058that script will not be changed, only the "s:counter" in the script where
1059"Tick" was defined is used.
1060
1061Another example that does the same: >
1062
1063 let s:counter = 0
1064 command Tick let s:counter = s:counter + 1 | echo s:counter
1065
1066When calling a function and invoking a user-defined command, the context for
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001067script variables is set to the script where the function or command was
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068defined.
1069
1070The script variables are also available when a function is defined inside a
1071function that is defined in a script. Example: >
1072
1073 let s:counter = 0
1074 function StartCounting(incr)
1075 if a:incr
1076 function MyCounter()
1077 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1078 endfunction
1079 else
1080 function MyCounter()
1081 let s:counter = s:counter - 1
1082 endfunction
1083 endif
1084 endfunction
1085
1086This defines the MyCounter() function either for counting up or counting down
1087when calling StartCounting(). It doesn't matter from where StartCounting() is
1088called, the s:counter variable will be accessible in MyCounter().
1089
1090When the same script is sourced again it will use the same script variables.
1091They will remain valid as long as Vim is running. This can be used to
1092maintain a counter: >
1093
1094 if !exists("s:counter")
1095 let s:counter = 1
1096 echo "script executed for the first time"
1097 else
1098 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1099 echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now"
1100 endif
1101
1102Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
1103variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
1104
1105
1106Predefined Vim variables: *vim-variable* *v:var*
1107
1108 *v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
1109v:charconvert_from
1110 The name of the character encoding of a file to be converted.
1111 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1112
1113 *v:charconvert_to* *charconvert_to-variable*
1114v:charconvert_to
1115 The name of the character encoding of a file after conversion.
1116 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1117
1118 *v:cmdarg* *cmdarg-variable*
1119v:cmdarg This variable is used for two purposes:
1120 1. The extra arguments given to a file read/write command.
1121 Currently these are "++enc=" and "++ff=". This variable is
1122 set before an autocommand event for a file read/write
1123 command is triggered. There is a leading space to make it
1124 possible to append this variable directly after the
1125 read/write command. Note: The "+cmd" argument isn't
1126 included here, because it will be executed anyway.
1127 2. When printing a PostScript file with ":hardcopy" this is
1128 the argument for the ":hardcopy" command. This can be used
1129 in 'printexpr'.
1130
1131 *v:cmdbang* *cmdbang-variable*
1132v:cmdbang Set like v:cmdarg for a file read/write command. When a "!"
1133 was used the value is 1, otherwise it is 0. Note that this
1134 can only be used in autocommands. For user commands |<bang>|
1135 can be used.
1136
1137 *v:count* *count-variable*
1138v:count The count given for the last Normal mode command. Can be used
1139 to get the count before a mapping. Read-only. Example: >
1140 :map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
1141< Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
1142 get when typing ':' after a count.
1143 "count" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1144
1145 *v:count1* *count1-variable*
1146v:count1 Just like "v:count", but defaults to one when no count is
1147 used.
1148
1149 *v:ctype* *ctype-variable*
1150v:ctype The current locale setting for characters of the runtime
1151 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1152 current locale encoding. Technical: it's the value of
1153 LC_CTYPE. When not using a locale the value is "C".
1154 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1155 command.
1156 See |multi-lang|.
1157
1158 *v:dying* *dying-variable*
1159v:dying Normally zero. When a deadly signal is caught it's set to
1160 one. When multiple signals are caught the number increases.
1161 Can be used in an autocommand to check if Vim didn't
1162 terminate normally. {only works on Unix}
1163 Example: >
1164 :au VimLeave * if v:dying | echo "\nAAAAaaaarrrggghhhh!!!\n" | endif
1165<
1166 *v:errmsg* *errmsg-variable*
1167v:errmsg Last given error message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1168 Example: >
1169 :let v:errmsg = ""
1170 :silent! next
1171 :if v:errmsg != ""
1172 : ... handle error
1173< "errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1174
1175 *v:exception* *exception-variable*
1176v:exception The value of the exception most recently caught and not
1177 finished. See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
1178 Example: >
1179 :try
1180 : throw "oops"
1181 :catch /.*/
1182 : echo "caught" v:exception
1183 :endtry
1184< Output: "caught oops".
1185
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001186 *v:fcs_reason* *fcs_reason-variable*
1187v:fcs_reason The reason why the |FileChangedShell| event was triggered.
1188 Can be used in an autocommand to decide what to do and/or what
1189 to set v:fcs_choice to. Possible values:
1190 deleted file no longer exists
1191 conflict file contents, mode or timestamp was
1192 changed and buffer is modified
1193 changed file contents has changed
1194 mode mode of file changed
1195 time only file timestamp changed
1196
1197 *v:fcs_choice* *fcs_choice-variable*
1198v:fcs_choice What should happen after a |FileChangedShell| event was
1199 triggered. Can be used in an autocommand to tell Vim what to
1200 do with the affected buffer:
1201 reload Reload the buffer (does not work if
1202 the file was deleted).
1203 ask Ask the user what to do, as if there
1204 was no autocommand. Except that when
1205 only the timestamp changed nothing
1206 will happen.
1207 <empty> Nothing, the autocommand should do
1208 everything that needs to be done.
1209 The default is empty. If another (invalid) value is used then
1210 Vim behaves like it is empty, there is no warning message.
1211
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001212 *v:fname_in* *fname_in-variable*
1213v:fname_in The name of the input file. Only valid while evaluating:
1214 option used for ~
1215 'charconvert' file to be converted
1216 'diffexpr' original file
1217 'patchexpr' original file
1218 'printexpr' file to be printed
1219
1220 *v:fname_out* *fname_out-variable*
1221v:fname_out The name of the output file. Only valid while
1222 evaluating:
1223 option used for ~
1224 'charconvert' resulting converted file (*)
1225 'diffexpr' output of diff
1226 'patchexpr' resulting patched file
1227 (*) When doing conversion for a write command (e.g., ":w
1228 file") it will be equal to v:fname_in. When doing conversion
1229 for a read command (e.g., ":e file") it will be a temporary
1230 file and different from v:fname_in.
1231
1232 *v:fname_new* *fname_new-variable*
1233v:fname_new The name of the new version of the file. Only valid while
1234 evaluating 'diffexpr'.
1235
1236 *v:fname_diff* *fname_diff-variable*
1237v:fname_diff The name of the diff (patch) file. Only valid while
1238 evaluating 'patchexpr'.
1239
1240 *v:folddashes* *folddashes-variable*
1241v:folddashes Used for 'foldtext': dashes representing foldlevel of a closed
1242 fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001243 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001244
1245 *v:foldlevel* *foldlevel-variable*
1246v:foldlevel Used for 'foldtext': foldlevel of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001247 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001248
1249 *v:foldend* *foldend-variable*
1250v:foldend Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001251 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001252
1253 *v:foldstart* *foldstart-variable*
1254v:foldstart Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001255 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001256
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00001257 *v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
1258v:insertmode Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
1259 events. Values:
1260 i Insert mode
1261 r Replace mode
1262 v Virtual Replace mode
1263
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001264 *v:key* *key-variable*
1265v:key Key of the current item of a Dictionary. Only valid while
1266 evaluating the expression used with |map()| and |filter()|.
1267 Read-only.
1268
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001269 *v:lang* *lang-variable*
1270v:lang The current locale setting for messages of the runtime
1271 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1272 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_MESSAGES.
1273 The value is system dependent.
1274 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1275 command.
1276 It can be different from |v:ctype| when messages are desired
1277 in a different language than what is used for character
1278 encoding. See |multi-lang|.
1279
1280 *v:lc_time* *lc_time-variable*
1281v:lc_time The current locale setting for time messages of the runtime
1282 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1283 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_TIME.
1284 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1285 command. See |multi-lang|.
1286
1287 *v:lnum* *lnum-variable*
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001288v:lnum Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr| and 'indentexpr'
1289 expressions. Only valid while one of these expressions is
1290 being evaluated. Read-only when in the |sandbox|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001291
1292 *v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable*
1293v:prevcount The count given for the last but one Normal mode command.
1294 This is the v:count value of the previous command. Useful if
1295 you want to cancel Visual mode and then use the count. >
1296 :vmap % <Esc>:call MyFilter(v:prevcount)<CR>
1297< Read-only.
1298
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001299 *v:profiling* *profiling-variable*
1300v:profiling Normally zero. Set to one after using ":profile start".
1301 See |profiling|.
1302
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001303 *v:progname* *progname-variable*
1304v:progname Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
1305 invoked. Allows you to do special initialisations for "view",
1306 "evim" etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
1307 Read-only.
1308
1309 *v:register* *register-variable*
1310v:register The name of the register supplied to the last normal mode
1311 command. Empty if none were supplied. |getreg()| |setreg()|
1312
1313 *v:servername* *servername-variable*
1314v:servername The resulting registered |x11-clientserver| name if any.
1315 Read-only.
1316
1317 *v:shell_error* *shell_error-variable*
1318v:shell_error Result of the last shell command. When non-zero, the last
1319 shell command had an error. When zero, there was no problem.
1320 This only works when the shell returns the error code to Vim.
1321 The value -1 is often used when the command could not be
1322 executed. Read-only.
1323 Example: >
1324 :!mv foo bar
1325 :if v:shell_error
1326 : echo 'could not rename "foo" to "bar"!'
1327 :endif
1328< "shell_error" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1329
1330 *v:statusmsg* *statusmsg-variable*
1331v:statusmsg Last given status message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1332
1333 *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
1334v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
1335 termcap entry. It is set when Vim receives an escape sequence
1336 that starts with ESC [ or CSI and ends in a 'c', with only
1337 digits, ';' and '.' in between.
1338 When this option is set, the TermResponse autocommand event is
1339 fired, so that you can react to the response from the
1340 terminal.
1341 The response from a new xterm is: "<Esc>[ Pp ; Pv ; Pc c". Pp
1342 is the terminal type: 0 for vt100 and 1 for vt220. Pv is the
1343 patch level (since this was introduced in patch 95, it's
1344 always 95 or bigger). Pc is always zero.
1345 {only when compiled with |+termresponse| feature}
1346
1347 *v:this_session* *this_session-variable*
1348v:this_session Full filename of the last loaded or saved session file. See
1349 |:mksession|. It is allowed to set this variable. When no
1350 session file has been saved, this variable is empty.
1351 "this_session" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1352
1353 *v:throwpoint* *throwpoint-variable*
1354v:throwpoint The point where the exception most recently caught and not
1355 finished was thrown. Not set when commands are typed. See
1356 also |v:exception| and |throw-variables|.
1357 Example: >
1358 :try
1359 : throw "oops"
1360 :catch /.*/
1361 : echo "Exception from" v:throwpoint
1362 :endtry
1363< Output: "Exception from test.vim, line 2"
1364
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001365 *v:val* *val-variable*
1366v:val Value of the current item of a List or Dictionary. Only valid
1367 while evaluating the expression used with |map()| and
1368 |filter()|. Read-only.
1369
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 *v:version* *version-variable*
1371v:version Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
1372 minor version number. Version 5.0 is 500. Version 5.1 (5.01)
1373 is 501. Read-only. "version" also works, for backwards
1374 compatibility.
1375 Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: >
1376 if has("patch123")
1377< Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both
1378 version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
1379 completely different.
1380
1381 *v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
1382v:warningmsg Last given warning message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1383
1384==============================================================================
13854. Builtin Functions *functions*
1386
1387See |function-list| for a list grouped by what the function is used for.
1388
1389(Use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to the full explanation)
1390
1391USAGE RESULT DESCRIPTION ~
1392
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001393add( {list}, {item}) List append {item} to List {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001394append( {lnum}, {string}) Number append {string} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001395append( {lnum}, {list}) Number append lines {list} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001396argc() Number number of files in the argument list
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001397argidx() Number current index in the argument list
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001398argv( {nr}) String {nr} entry of the argument list
1399browse( {save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1400 String put up a file requester
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001401browsedir( {title}, {initdir}) String put up a directory requester
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001402bufexists( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} exists
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001403buflisted( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is listed
1404bufloaded( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is loaded
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001405bufname( {expr}) String Name of the buffer {expr}
1406bufnr( {expr}) Number Number of the buffer {expr}
1407bufwinnr( {expr}) Number window number of buffer {expr}
1408byte2line( {byte}) Number line number at byte count {byte}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001409byteidx( {expr}, {nr}) Number byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001410call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
1411 any call {func} with arguments {arglist}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001412char2nr( {expr}) Number ASCII value of first char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001413cindent( {lnum}) Number C indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001414col( {expr}) Number column nr of cursor or mark
1415confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1416 Number number of choice picked by user
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001417copy( {expr}) any make a shallow copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001418count( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1419 Number count how many {expr} are in {list}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001420cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1421 Number checks existence of cscope connection
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001422cursor( {lnum}, {col}) Number position cursor at {lnum}, {col}
1423deepcopy( {expr}) any make a full copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001424delete( {fname}) Number delete file {fname}
1425did_filetype() Number TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001426diff_filler( {lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum}
1427diff_hlID( {lnum}, {col}) Number diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001428empty( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is empty
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001429errorlist() List list of quickfix items
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001430escape( {string}, {chars}) String escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001431eval( {string}) any evaluate {string} into its value
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001432eventhandler( ) Number TRUE if inside an event handler
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001433executable( {expr}) Number 1 if executable {expr} exists
1434exists( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} exists
1435expand( {expr}) String expand special keywords in {expr}
1436filereadable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a readable file
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001437filter( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict remove items from {expr} where
1438 {string} is 0
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001439finddir( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
1440 String Find directory {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001441findfile( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001442 String Find file {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001443filewritable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a writable file
1444fnamemodify( {fname}, {mods}) String modify file name
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001445foldclosed( {lnum}) Number first line of fold at {lnum} if closed
1446foldclosedend( {lnum}) Number last line of fold at {lnum} if closed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001447foldlevel( {lnum}) Number fold level at {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001448foldtext( ) String line displayed for closed fold
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001449foreground( ) Number bring the Vim window to the foreground
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001450function( {name}) Funcref reference to function {name}
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001451get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}]) any get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001452get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}]) any get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001453getchar( [expr]) Number get one character from the user
1454getcharmod( ) Number modifiers for the last typed character
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001455getbufvar( {expr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
1456getcmdline() String return the current command-line
1457getcmdpos() Number return cursor position in command-line
1458getcwd() String the current working directory
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001459getfperm( {fname}) String file permissions of file {fname}
1460getfsize( {fname}) Number size in bytes of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00001461getfontname( [{name}]) String name of font being used
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001462getftime( {fname}) Number last modification time of file
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001463getftype( {fname}) String description of type of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001464getline( {lnum}) String line {lnum} of current buffer
1465getline( {lnum}, {end}) List lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001466getreg( [{regname}]) String contents of register
1467getregtype( [{regname}]) String type of register
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001468getwinposx() Number X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1469getwinposy() Number Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1470getwinvar( {nr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in window {nr}
1471glob( {expr}) String expand file wildcards in {expr}
1472globpath( {path}, {expr}) String do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
1473has( {feature}) Number TRUE if feature {feature} supported
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001474has_key( {dict}, {key}) Number TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001475hasmapto( {what} [, {mode}]) Number TRUE if mapping to {what} exists
1476histadd( {history},{item}) String add an item to a history
1477histdel( {history} [, {item}]) String remove an item from a history
1478histget( {history} [, {index}]) String get the item {index} from a history
1479histnr( {history}) Number highest index of a history
1480hlexists( {name}) Number TRUE if highlight group {name} exists
1481hlID( {name}) Number syntax ID of highlight group {name}
1482hostname() String name of the machine Vim is running on
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001483iconv( {expr}, {from}, {to}) String convert encoding of {expr}
1484indent( {lnum}) Number indent of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001485index( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1486 Number index in {list} where {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001487input( {prompt} [, {text}]) String get input from the user
1488inputdialog( {p} [, {t} [, {c}]]) String like input() but in a GUI dialog
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001489inputrestore() Number restore typeahead
1490inputsave() Number save and clear typeahead
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001491inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String like input() but hiding the text
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001492insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001493isdirectory( {directory}) Number TRUE if {directory} is a directory
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00001494islocked( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is locked
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001495items( {dict}) List List of key-value pairs in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001496join( {list} [, {sep}]) String join {list} items into one String
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001497keys( {dict}) List List of keys in {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001498len( {expr}) Number the length of {expr}
1499libcall( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) String call {func} in library {lib} with {arg}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001500libcallnr( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) Number idem, but return a Number
1501line( {expr}) Number line nr of cursor, last line or mark
1502line2byte( {lnum}) Number byte count of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001503lispindent( {lnum}) Number Lisp indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001504localtime() Number current time
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001505map( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict change each item in {expr} to {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001506maparg( {name}[, {mode}]) String rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
1507mapcheck( {name}[, {mode}]) String check for mappings matching {name}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001508match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001509 Number position where {pat} matches in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001510matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001511 Number position where {pat} ends in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001512matchlist( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1513 List match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001514matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1515 String {count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001516max({list}) Number maximum value of items in {list}
1517min({list}) Number minumum value of items in {list}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001518mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
1519 Number create directory {name}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001520mode() String current editing mode
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001521nextnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
1522nr2char( {expr}) String single char with ASCII value {expr}
1523prevnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001524range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
1525 List items from {expr} to {max}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001526readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
1527 List get list of lines from file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001528remote_expr( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1529 String send expression
1530remote_foreground( {server}) Number bring Vim server to the foreground
1531remote_peek( {serverid} [, {retvar}])
1532 Number check for reply string
1533remote_read( {serverid}) String read reply string
1534remote_send( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1535 String send key sequence
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001536remove( {list}, {idx} [, {end}]) any remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001537remove( {dict}, {key}) any remove entry {key} from {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001538rename( {from}, {to}) Number rename (move) file from {from} to {to}
1539repeat( {expr}, {count}) String repeat {expr} {count} times
1540resolve( {filename}) String get filename a shortcut points to
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001541reverse( {list}) List reverse {list} in-place
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001542search( {pattern} [, {flags}]) Number search for {pattern}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001543searchpair( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001544 Number search for other end of start/end pair
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001545server2client( {clientid}, {string})
1546 Number send reply string
1547serverlist() String get a list of available servers
1548setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
1549setcmdpos( {pos}) Number set cursor position in command-line
1550setline( {lnum}, {line}) Number set line {lnum} to {line}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001551setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}]) Number set register to value and type
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001552setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001553simplify( {filename}) String simplify filename as much as possible
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001554sort( {list} [, {func}]) List sort {list}, using {func} to compare
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001555split( {expr} [, {pat}]) List make List from {pat} separated {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001556strftime( {format}[, {time}]) String time in specified format
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001557stridx( {haystack}, {needle}[, {start}])
1558 Number index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001559string( {expr}) String String representation of {expr} value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001560strlen( {expr}) Number length of the String {expr}
1561strpart( {src}, {start}[, {len}])
1562 String {len} characters of {src} at {start}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001563strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
1564 Number last index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001565strtrans( {expr}) String translate string to make it printable
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001566submatch( {nr}) String specific match in ":substitute"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001567substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
1568 String all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00001569synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans}) Number syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001570synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}])
1571 String attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID}
1572synIDtrans( {synID}) Number translated syntax ID of {synID}
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001573system( {expr} [, {input}]) String output of shell command/filter {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001574tempname() String name for a temporary file
1575tolower( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to lowercase
1576toupper( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001577tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
1578 to chars in {tostr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001579type( {name}) Number type of variable {name}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001580values( {dict}) List List of values in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001581virtcol( {expr}) Number screen column of cursor or mark
1582visualmode( [expr]) String last visual mode used
1583winbufnr( {nr}) Number buffer number of window {nr}
1584wincol() Number window column of the cursor
1585winheight( {nr}) Number height of window {nr}
1586winline() Number window line of the cursor
1587winnr() Number number of current window
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001588winrestcmd() String returns command to restore window sizes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001589winwidth( {nr}) Number width of window {nr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001590writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
1591 Number write list of lines to file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001592
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001593add({list}, {expr}) *add()*
1594 Append the item {expr} to List {list}. Returns the resulting
1595 List. Examples: >
1596 :let alist = add([1, 2, 3], item)
1597 :call add(mylist, "woodstock")
1598< Note that when {expr} is a List it is appended as a single
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001599 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001600 Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001601
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001602
1603append({lnum}, {expr}) *append()*
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001604 When {expr} is a List: Append each item of the List as a text
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001605 line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001606 Otherwise append {expr} as one text line below line {lnum} in
1607 the current buffer.
1608 {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001609 Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
1610 0 for success. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001611 :let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001612 :let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001613<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001614 *argc()*
1615argc() The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
1616 current window. See |arglist|.
1617
1618 *argidx()*
1619argidx() The result is the current index in the argument list. 0 is
1620 the first file. argc() - 1 is the last one. See |arglist|.
1621
1622 *argv()*
1623argv({nr}) The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
1624 current window. See |arglist|. "argv(0)" is the first one.
1625 Example: >
1626 :let i = 0
1627 :while i < argc()
1628 : let f = escape(argv(i), '. ')
1629 : exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>'
1630 : let i = i + 1
1631 :endwhile
1632<
1633 *browse()*
1634browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1635 Put up a file requester. This only works when "has("browse")"
1636 returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1637 The input fields are:
1638 {save} when non-zero, select file to write
1639 {title} title for the requester
1640 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1641 {default} default file name
1642 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1643 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1644
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001645 *browsedir()*
1646browsedir({title}, {initdir})
1647 Put up a directory requester. This only works when
1648 "has("browse")" returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1649 On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file
1650 browser is used. In that case: select a file in the directory
1651 to be used.
1652 The input fields are:
1653 {title} title for the requester
1654 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1655 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1656 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1657
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001658bufexists({expr}) *bufexists()*
1659 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1660 {expr} exists.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001661 If the {expr} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001662 If the {expr} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001663 exactly. The name can be:
1664 - Relative to the current directory.
1665 - A full path.
1666 - The name of a buffer with 'filetype' set to "nofile".
1667 - A URL name.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001668 Unlisted buffers will be found.
1669 Note that help files are listed by their short name in the
1670 output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their
1671 long name to be able to find them.
1672 Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate
1673 file name.
1674 *buffer_exists()*
1675 Obsolete name: buffer_exists().
1676
1677buflisted({expr}) *buflisted()*
1678 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1679 {expr} exists and is listed (has the 'buflisted' option set).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001680 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681
1682bufloaded({expr}) *bufloaded()*
1683 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1684 {expr} exists and is loaded (shown in a window or hidden).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001685 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001686
1687bufname({expr}) *bufname()*
1688 The result is the name of a buffer, as it is displayed by the
1689 ":ls" command.
1690 If {expr} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given.
1691 Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
1692 If {expr} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match
1693 with the buffer names. This is always done like 'magic' is
1694 set and 'cpoptions' is empty. When there is more than one
1695 match an empty string is returned.
1696 "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the
1697 alternate buffer.
1698 A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end
1699 or middle of the buffer name is accepted.
1700 Listed buffers are found first. If there is a single match
1701 with a listed buffer, that one is returned. Next unlisted
1702 buffers are searched for.
1703 If the {expr} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer
1704 number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: >
1705 :echo bufname("3" + 0)
1706< If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty
1707 string is returned. >
1708 bufname("#") alternate buffer name
1709 bufname(3) name of buffer 3
1710 bufname("%") name of current buffer
1711 bufname("file2") name of buffer where "file2" matches.
1712< *buffer_name()*
1713 Obsolete name: buffer_name().
1714
1715 *bufnr()*
1716bufnr({expr}) The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by
1717 the ":ls" command. For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|
1718 above. If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
1719 bufnr("$") is the last buffer: >
1720 :let last_buffer = bufnr("$")
1721< The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number
1722 of existing buffers. Note that not all buffers with a smaller
1723 number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed
1724 them. Use bufexists() to test for the existence of a buffer.
1725 *buffer_number()*
1726 Obsolete name: buffer_number().
1727 *last_buffer_nr()*
1728 Obsolete name for bufnr("$"): last_buffer_nr().
1729
1730bufwinnr({expr}) *bufwinnr()*
1731 The result is a Number, which is the number of the first
1732 window associated with buffer {expr}. For the use of {expr},
1733 see |bufname()| above. If buffer {expr} doesn't exist or
1734 there is no such window, -1 is returned. Example: >
1735
1736 echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1))
1737
1738< The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
1739 |:wincmd|.
1740
1741
1742byte2line({byte}) *byte2line()*
1743 Return the line number that contains the character at byte
1744 count {byte} in the current buffer. This includes the
1745 end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option
1746 for the current buffer. The first character has byte count
1747 one.
1748 Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|.
1749 {not available when compiled without the |+byte_offset|
1750 feature}
1751
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00001752byteidx({expr}, {nr}) *byteidx()*
1753 Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
1754 {expr}. Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
1755 This function is only useful when there are multibyte
1756 characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
1757 Composing characters are counted as a separate character.
1758 Example : >
1759 echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
1760< will display the fourth character. Another way to do the
1761 same: >
1762 let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3))
1763 echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
1764< If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
1765 If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
1766 is returned.
1767
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001768call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}]) *call()* *E699*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001769 Call function {func} with the items in List {arglist} as
1770 arguments.
1771 {func} can either be a Funcref or the name of a function.
1772 a:firstline and a:lastline are set to the cursor line.
1773 Returns the return value of the called function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001774 {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute. It will be
1775 used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001776
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001777char2nr({expr}) *char2nr()*
1778 Return number value of the first char in {expr}. Examples: >
1779 char2nr(" ") returns 32
1780 char2nr("ABC") returns 65
1781< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
1782 char2nr("á") returns 225
1783 char2nr("á"[0]) returns 195
1784
1785cindent({lnum}) *cindent()*
1786 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
1787 indenting rules, as with 'cindent'.
1788 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
1789 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
1790 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the |+cindent|
1791 feature, -1 is returned.
1792
1793 *col()*
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001794col({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001795 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
1796 . the cursor position
1797 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
1798 number of characters in the cursor line plus one)
1799 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
1800 returned)
1801 For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.
1802 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
1803 Examples: >
1804 col(".") column of cursor
1805 col("$") length of cursor line plus one
1806 col("'t") column of mark t
1807 col("'" . markname) column of mark markname
1808< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
1809 For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
1810 column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
1811 line. This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
1812 :imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
1813 \<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
1814 \<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar>
1815 \let &ve = save_ve<CR>
1816<
1817 *confirm()*
1818confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1819 Confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
1820 made. It returns the number of the choice. For the first
1821 choice this is 1.
1822 Note: confirm() is only supported when compiled with dialog
1823 support, see |+dialog_con| and |+dialog_gui|.
1824 {msg} is displayed in a |dialog| with {choices} as the
1825 alternatives. When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is
1826 used (and translated).
1827 {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline. Only on
1828 some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit.
1829 {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated
1830 by '\n', e.g. >
1831 confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
1832< The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice.
1833 Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel". The shortcut does
1834 not need to be the first letter: >
1835 confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
1836< For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
1837 the default shortcut key.
1838 The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice
1839 that is made if the user hits <CR>. Use 1 to make the first
1840 choice the default one. Use 0 to not set a default. If
1841 {default} is omitted, 1 is used.
1842 The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog. This
1843 is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI. It can be one of
1844 these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
1845 "Generic". Only the first character is relevant. When {type}
1846 is omitted, "Generic" is used.
1847 If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
1848 or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
1849
1850 An example: >
1851 :let choice = confirm("What do you want?", "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
1852 :if choice == 0
1853 : echo "make up your mind!"
1854 :elseif choice == 3
1855 : echo "tasteful"
1856 :else
1857 : echo "I prefer bananas myself."
1858 :endif
1859< In a GUI dialog, buttons are used. The layout of the buttons
1860 depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'. If it is included,
1861 the buttons are always put vertically. Otherwise, confirm()
1862 tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line. If they
1863 don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway. For some systems
1864 the horizontal layout is always used.
1865
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001866 *copy()*
1867copy({expr}) Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
1868 different from using {expr} directly.
1869 When {expr} is a List a shallow copy is created. This means
1870 that the original List can be changed without changing the
1871 copy, and vise versa. But the items are identical, thus
1872 changing an item changes the contents of both Lists. Also see
1873 |deepcopy()|.
1874
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001875count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]]) *count()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001876 Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001877 in List or Dictionary {comp}.
1878 If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
1879 {start} can only be used with a List.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001880 When {ic} is given and it's non-zero then case is ignored.
1881
1882
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001883 *cscope_connection()*
1884cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1885 Checks for the existence of a |cscope| connection. If no
1886 parameters are specified, then the function returns:
1887 0, if cscope was not available (not compiled in), or
1888 if there are no cscope connections;
1889 1, if there is at least one cscope connection.
1890
1891 If parameters are specified, then the value of {num}
1892 determines how existence of a cscope connection is checked:
1893
1894 {num} Description of existence check
1895 ----- ------------------------------
1896 0 Same as no parameters (e.g., "cscope_connection()").
1897 1 Ignore {prepend}, and use partial string matches for
1898 {dbpath}.
1899 2 Ignore {prepend}, and use exact string matches for
1900 {dbpath}.
1901 3 Use {prepend}, use partial string matches for both
1902 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1903 4 Use {prepend}, use exact string matches for both
1904 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1905
1906 Note: All string comparisons are case sensitive!
1907
1908 Examples. Suppose we had the following (from ":cs show"): >
1909
1910 # pid database name prepend path
1911 0 27664 cscope.out /usr/local
1912<
1913 Invocation Return Val ~
1914 ---------- ---------- >
1915 cscope_connection() 1
1916 cscope_connection(1, "out") 1
1917 cscope_connection(2, "out") 0
1918 cscope_connection(3, "out") 0
1919 cscope_connection(3, "out", "local") 1
1920 cscope_connection(4, "out") 0
1921 cscope_connection(4, "out", "local") 0
1922 cscope_connection(4, "cscope.out", "/usr/local") 1
1923<
1924cursor({lnum}, {col}) *cursor()*
1925 Positions the cursor at the column {col} in the line {lnum}.
1926 Does not change the jumplist.
1927 If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
1928 the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
1929 If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
1930 If {col} is greater than the number of characters in the line,
1931 the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
1932 line.
1933 If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
1934
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001935
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00001936deepcopy({expr}[, {noref}]) *deepcopy()* *E698*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001937 Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
1938 different from using {expr} directly.
1939 When {expr} is a List a full copy is created. This means
1940 that the original List can be changed without changing the
1941 copy, and vise versa. When an item is a List, a copy for it
1942 is made, recursively. Thus changing an item in the copy does
1943 not change the contents of the original List.
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00001944 When {noref} is omitted or zero a contained List or Dictionary
1945 is only copied once. All references point to this single
1946 copy. With {noref} set to 1 every occurrence of a List or
1947 Dictionary results in a new copy. This also means that a
1948 cyclic reference causes deepcopy() to fail.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00001949 *E724*
1950 Nesting is possible up to 100 levels. When there is an item
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00001951 that refers back to a higher level making a deep copy with
1952 {noref} set to 1 will fail.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001953 Also see |copy()|.
1954
1955delete({fname}) *delete()*
1956 Deletes the file by the name {fname}. The result is a Number,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001957 which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
1958 when the deletion failed.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001959 Use |remove()| to delete an item from a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001960
1961 *did_filetype()*
1962did_filetype() Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
1963 FileType event has been triggered at least once. Can be used
1964 to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
1965 that detect the file type. |FileType|
1966 When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
1967 really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
1968 current buffer. This allows an autocommand that starts
1969 editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax
1970 file.
1971
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00001972diff_filler({lnum}) *diff_filler()*
1973 Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}.
1974 These are the lines that were inserted at this point in
1975 another diff'ed window. These filler lines are shown in the
1976 display but don't exist in the buffer.
1977 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
1978 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
1979 Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode.
1980
1981diff_hlID({lnum}, {col}) *diff_hlID()*
1982 Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column
1983 {col} (byte index). When the current line does not have a
1984 diff change zero is returned.
1985 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
1986 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
1987 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
1988 line.
1989 The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain
1990 syntax information about the highlighting.
1991
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001992empty({expr}) *empty()*
1993 Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001994 A List or Dictionary is empty when it does not have any items.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001995 A Number is empty when its value is zero.
1996 For a long List this is much faster then comparing the length
1997 with zero.
1998
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001999errorlist() *errorlist()*
2000 Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors. Each
2001 list item is a dictionary with these entries:
2002 bufnr number of buffer that has the file name, use
2003 bufname() to get the name
2004 lnum line number in the buffer (first line is 1)
2005 col column number (first column is 1)
2006 vcol non-zero: column number is visual column
2007 zero: column number is byte index
2008 nr error number
2009 text description of the error
2010 type type of the error, 'E', '1', etc.
2011 valid non-zero: recognized error message
2012
2013 Useful application: Find pattern matches in multiple files and
2014 do something with them: >
2015 :vimgrep /theword/jg *.c
2016 :for d in errorlist()
2017 : echo bufname(d.bufnr) ':' d.lnum '=' d.text
2018 :endfor
2019
2020
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002021escape({string}, {chars}) *escape()*
2022 Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
2023 backslash. Example: >
2024 :echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \')
2025< results in: >
2026 c:\\program\ files\\vim
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002027
2028< *eval()*
2029eval({string}) Evaluate {string} and return the result. Especially useful to
2030 turn the result of |string()| back into the original value.
2031 This works for Numbers, Strings and composites of them.
2032 Also works for Funcrefs that refer to existing functions.
2033
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002034eventhandler() *eventhandler()*
2035 Returns 1 when inside an event handler. That is that Vim got
2036 interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character,
2037 e.g., when dropping a file on Vim. This means interactive
2038 commands cannot be used. Otherwise zero is returned.
2039
2040executable({expr}) *executable()*
2041 This function checks if an executable with the name {expr}
2042 exists. {expr} must be the name of the program without any
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00002043 arguments.
2044 executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
2045 searchpath for programs. *PATHEXT*
2046 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
2047 optionally be included. Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
2048 tried. Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
2049 found. If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
2050 used. A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using
2051 the name without an extension. When 'shell' looks like a
2052 Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
2053 extension.
2054 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
2055 is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002056 The result is a Number:
2057 1 exists
2058 0 does not exist
2059 -1 not implemented on this system
2060
2061 *exists()*
2062exists({expr}) The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
2063 defined, zero otherwise. The {expr} argument is a string,
2064 which contains one of these:
2065 &option-name Vim option (only checks if it exists,
2066 not if it really works)
2067 +option-name Vim option that works.
2068 $ENVNAME environment variable (could also be
2069 done by comparing with an empty
2070 string)
2071 *funcname built-in function (see |functions|)
2072 or user defined function (see
2073 |user-functions|).
2074 varname internal variable (see
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00002075 |internal-variables|). Also works
2076 for |curly-braces-names|, Dictionary
2077 entries, List items, etc. Beware that
2078 this may cause functions to be
2079 invoked cause an error message for an
2080 invalid expression.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002081 :cmdname Ex command: built-in command, user
2082 command or command modifier |:command|.
2083 Returns:
2084 1 for match with start of a command
2085 2 full match with a command
2086 3 matches several user commands
2087 To check for a supported command
2088 always check the return value to be 2.
2089 #event autocommand defined for this event
2090 #event#pattern autocommand defined for this event and
2091 pattern (the pattern is taken
2092 literally and compared to the
2093 autocommand patterns character by
2094 character)
2095 For checking for a supported feature use |has()|.
2096
2097 Examples: >
2098 exists("&shortname")
2099 exists("$HOSTNAME")
2100 exists("*strftime")
2101 exists("*s:MyFunc")
2102 exists("bufcount")
2103 exists(":Make")
2104 exists("#CursorHold");
2105 exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz")
2106< There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the
2107 name.
2108 Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the
2109 variable itself! For example: >
2110 exists(bufcount)
2111< This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable,
2112 but gets the contents of "bufcount", and checks if that
2113 exists.
2114
2115expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()*
2116 Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
2117 The result is a String.
2118
2119 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2120 characters. [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
2121 caused problems when a file name contains a space]
2122
2123 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. A name
2124 for a non-existing file is not included.
2125
2126 When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
2127 like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
2128 modifiers. Here is a short overview:
2129
2130 % current file name
2131 # alternate file name
2132 #n alternate file name n
2133 <cfile> file name under the cursor
2134 <afile> autocmd file name
2135 <abuf> autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
2136 <amatch> autocmd matched name
2137 <sfile> sourced script file name
2138 <cword> word under the cursor
2139 <cWORD> WORD under the cursor
2140 <client> the {clientid} of the last received
2141 message |server2client()|
2142 Modifiers:
2143 :p expand to full path
2144 :h head (last path component removed)
2145 :t tail (last path component only)
2146 :r root (one extension removed)
2147 :e extension only
2148
2149 Example: >
2150 :let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags"
2151< Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
2152 '<', any following text is ignored. This does NOT work: >
2153 :let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
2154< Use this: >
2155 :let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak"
2156< Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
2157 referenced file name without further expansion. If "<cfile>"
2158 is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
2159 "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: >
2160 :echo expand(expand("<cfile>"))
2161<
2162 There cannot be white space between the variables and the
2163 following modifier. The |fnamemodify()| function can be used
2164 to modify normal file names.
2165
2166 When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name
2167 is not defined, an empty string is used. Using "%:p" in a
2168 buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
2169 '/' added.
2170
2171 When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
2172 expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
2173 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
2174 {flag} argument is given and it is non-zero. Names for
2175 non-existing files are included.
2176
2177 Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
2178 variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be
2179 slow, because a shell must be started. See |expr-env-expand|.
2180 The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
2181 names. When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
2182 left unchanged. Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
2183 "$FOOBAR".
2184
2185 See |glob()| for finding existing files. See |system()| for
2186 getting the raw output of an external command.
2187
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002188extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}]) *extend()*
2189 {expr1} and {expr2} must be both Lists or both Dictionaries.
2190
2191 If they are Lists: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
2192 If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before item
2193 {expr3} in {expr1}. When {expr3} is zero insert before the
2194 first item. When {expr3} is equal to len({expr1}) then
2195 {expr2} is appended.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002196 Examples: >
2197 :echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
2198 :call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002199< Use |add()| to concatenate one item to a list. To concatenate
2200 two lists into a new list use the + operator: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002201 :let newlist = [1, 2, 3] + [4, 5]
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002202<
2203 If they are Dictionaries:
2204 Add all entries from {expr2} to {expr1}.
2205 If a key exists in both {expr1} and {expr2} then {expr3} is
2206 used to decide what to do:
2207 {expr3} = "keep": keep the value of {expr1}
2208 {expr3} = "force": use the value of {expr2}
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00002209 {expr3} = "error": give an error message *E737*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002210 When {expr3} is omitted then "force" is assumed.
2211
2212 {expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty. If necessary
2213 make a copy of {expr1} first.
2214 {expr2} remains unchanged.
2215 Returns {expr1}.
2216
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002217
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002218filereadable({file}) *filereadable()*
2219 The result is a Number, which is TRUE when a file with the
2220 name {file} exists, and can be read. If {file} doesn't exist,
2221 or is a directory, the result is FALSE. {file} is any
2222 expression, which is used as a String.
2223 *file_readable()*
2224 Obsolete name: file_readable().
2225
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002226
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002227filter({expr}, {string}) *filter()*
2228 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
2229 For each item in {expr} evaluate {string} and when the result
2230 is zero remove the item from the List or Dictionary.
2231 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
2232 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
2233 Examples: >
2234 :call filter(mylist, 'v:val !~ "OLD"')
2235< Removes the items where "OLD" appears. >
2236 :call filter(mydict, 'v:key >= 8')
2237< Removes the items with a key below 8. >
2238 :call filter(var, 0)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002239< Removes all the items, thus clears the List or Dictionary.
2240
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002241 Note that {string} is the result of expression and is then
2242 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
2243 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.
2244
2245 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
2246 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002247 :let l = filter(copy(mylist), '& =~ "KEEP"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002248
2249< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002250
2251
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00002252finddir({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *finddir()*
2253 Find directory {name} in {path}.
2254 If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used.
2255 If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of
2256 {name} in {path}.
2257 This is quite similar to the ex-command |:find|.
2258 When the found directory is below the current directory a
2259 relative path is returned. Otherwise a full path is returned.
2260 Example: >
2261 :echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;")
2262< Searches from the current directory upwards until it finds
2263 the file "tags.vim".
2264 {only available when compiled with the +file_in_path feature}
2265
2266findfile({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *findfile()*
2267 Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory.
2268
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002269filewritable({file}) *filewritable()*
2270 The result is a Number, which is 1 when a file with the
2271 name {file} exists, and can be written. If {file} doesn't
2272 exist, or is not writable, the result is 0. If (file) is a
2273 directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.
2274
2275fnamemodify({fname}, {mods}) *fnamemodify()*
2276 Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}. {mods} is a
2277 string of characters like it is used for file names on the
2278 command line. See |filename-modifiers|.
2279 Example: >
2280 :echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
2281< results in: >
2282 /home/mool/vim/vim/src
2283< Note: Environment variables and "~" don't work in {fname}, use
2284 |expand()| first then.
2285
2286foldclosed({lnum}) *foldclosed()*
2287 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2288 fold, the result is the number of the first line in that fold.
2289 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2290
2291foldclosedend({lnum}) *foldclosedend()*
2292 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2293 fold, the result is the number of the last line in that fold.
2294 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2295
2296foldlevel({lnum}) *foldlevel()*
2297 The result is a Number, which is the foldlevel of line {lnum}
2298 in the current buffer. For nested folds the deepest level is
2299 returned. If there is no fold at line {lnum}, zero is
2300 returned. It doesn't matter if the folds are open or closed.
2301 When used while updating folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is
2302 returned for lines where folds are still to be updated and the
2303 foldlevel is unknown. As a special case the level of the
2304 previous line is usually available.
2305
2306 *foldtext()*
2307foldtext() Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold. This is
2308 the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
2309 only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'. It uses the
2310 |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables.
2311 The returned string looks like this: >
2312 +-- 45 lines: abcdef
2313< The number of dashes depends on the foldlevel. The "45" is
2314 the number of lines in the fold. "abcdef" is the text in the
2315 first non-blank line of the fold. Leading white space, "//"
2316 or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and 'commentstring'
2317 options is removed.
2318 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2319
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00002320foldtextresult({lnum}) *foldtextresult()*
2321 Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line
2322 {lnum}. Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context.
2323 When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is
2324 returned.
2325 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2326 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2327 Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML.
2328 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2329
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002330 *foreground()*
2331foreground() Move the Vim window to the foreground. Useful when sent from
2332 a client to a Vim server. |remote_send()|
2333 On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
2334 allow a window to bring itself to the foreground. Use
2335 |remote_foreground()| instead.
2336 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
2337 Win32 console version}
2338
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002339
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002340function({name}) *function()* *E700*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002341 Return a Funcref variable that refers to function {name}.
2342 {name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
2343
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002344
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002345get({list}, {idx} [, {default}]) *get()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002346 Get item {idx} from List {list}. When this item is not
2347 available return {default}. Return zero when {default} is
2348 omitted.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002349get({dict}, {key} [, {default}])
2350 Get item with key {key} from Dictionary {dict}. When this
2351 item is not available return {default}. Return zero when
2352 {default} is omitted.
2353
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002354
2355getbufvar({expr}, {varname}) *getbufvar()*
2356 The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
2357 {varname} in buffer {expr}. Note that the name without "b:"
2358 must be used.
2359 This also works for a global or local window option, but it
2360 doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
2361 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2362 When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
2363 returned, there is no error message.
2364 Examples: >
2365 :let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
2366 :echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
2367<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002368getchar([expr]) *getchar()*
2369 Get a single character from the user. If it is an 8-bit
2370 character, the result is a number. Otherwise a String is
2371 returned with the encoded character. For a special key it's a
2372 sequence of bytes starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).
2373 If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
2374 If [expr] is 0, only get a character when one is available.
2375 If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
2376 not consumed. If a normal character is
2377 available, it is returned, otherwise a
2378 non-zero value is returned.
2379 If a normal character available, it is returned as a Number.
2380 Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
2381 The returned value is zero if no character is available.
2382 The returned value is a string of characters for special keys
2383 and when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used.
2384 There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
2385 user that a character has to be typed.
2386 There is no mapping for the character.
2387 Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
2388 key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
2389 sequence. Examples: >
2390 getchar() == "\<Del>"
2391 getchar() == "\<S-Left>"
2392< This example redefines "f" to ignore case: >
2393 :nmap f :call FindChar()<CR>
2394 :function FindChar()
2395 : let c = nr2char(getchar())
2396 : while col('.') < col('$') - 1
2397 : normal l
2398 : if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c
2399 : break
2400 : endif
2401 : endwhile
2402 :endfunction
2403
2404getcharmod() *getcharmod()*
2405 The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
2406 the last obtained character with getchar() or in another way.
2407 These values are added together:
2408 2 shift
2409 4 control
2410 8 alt (meta)
2411 16 mouse double click
2412 32 mouse triple click
2413 64 mouse quadruple click
2414 128 Macintosh only: command
2415 Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
2416 character itself are obtained. Thus Shift-a results in "A"
2417 with no modifier.
2418
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002419getcmdline() *getcmdline()*
2420 Return the current command-line. Only works when the command
2421 line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or
2422 |c_CTRL-R_=|.
2423 Example: >
2424 :cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR>
2425< Also see |getcmdpos()| and |setcmdpos()|.
2426
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002427getcmdpos() *getcmdpos()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002428 Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
2429 byte count. The first column is 1.
2430 Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
2431 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns 0 otherwise.
2432 Also see |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
2433
2434 *getcwd()*
2435getcwd() The result is a String, which is the name of the current
2436 working directory.
2437
2438getfsize({fname}) *getfsize()*
2439 The result is a Number, which is the size in bytes of the
2440 given file {fname}.
2441 If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned.
2442 If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned.
2443
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00002444getfontname([{name}]) *getfontname()*
2445 Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being
2446 used. Like what is used for the Normal highlight group
2447 |hl-Normal|.
2448 With an argument a check is done whether {name} is a valid
2449 font name. If not then an empty string is returned.
2450 Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the
2451 GUI does not support obtaining the real name.
2452 Only works when the GUI is running, thus not you your vimrc or
2453 Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking
2454 for a valid name does not work.
2455 gvimrc file. Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
2456 function just after the GUI has started.
2457
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002458getfperm({fname}) *getfperm()*
2459 The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
2460 permissions of the given file {fname}.
2461 If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be read, an
2462 empty string is returned.
2463 The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of
2464 "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
2465 of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
2466 If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
2467 is replaced with the string "-". Example: >
2468 :echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
2469< This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
2470 the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
2471
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002472getftime({fname}) *getftime()*
2473 The result is a Number, which is the last modification time of
2474 the given file {fname}. The value is measured as seconds
2475 since 1st Jan 1970, and may be passed to strftime(). See also
2476 |localtime()| and |strftime()|.
2477 If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned.
2478
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002479getftype({fname}) *getftype()*
2480 The result is a String, which is a description of the kind of
2481 file of the given file {fname}.
2482 If {fname} does not exist an empty string is returned.
2483 Here is a table over different kinds of files and their
2484 results:
2485 Normal file "file"
2486 Directory "dir"
2487 Symbolic link "link"
2488 Block device "bdev"
2489 Character device "cdev"
2490 Socket "socket"
2491 FIFO "fifo"
2492 All other "other"
2493 Example: >
2494 getftype("/home")
2495< Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on
2496 systems that support it. On some systems only "dir" and
2497 "file" are returned.
2498
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002499 *getline()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002500getline({lnum} [, {end}])
2501 Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum}
2502 from the current buffer. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002503 getline(1)
2504< When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
2505 digit, line() is called to translate the String into a Number.
2506 To get the line under the cursor: >
2507 getline(".")
2508< When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2509 lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned.
2510
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002511 When {end} is given the result is a List where each item is a
2512 line from the current buffer in the range {lnum} to {end},
2513 including line {end}.
2514 {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}.
2515 Non-existing lines are silently omitted.
2516 When {end} is before {lnum} an error is given.
2517 Example: >
2518 :let start = line('.')
2519 :let end = search("^$") - 1
2520 :let lines = getline(start, end)
2521
2522
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002523getreg([{regname}]) *getreg()*
2524 The result is a String, which is the contents of register
2525 {regname}. Example: >
2526 :let cliptext = getreg('*')
2527< getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
2528 register. (For use in maps).
2529 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2530
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002531
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002532getregtype([{regname}]) *getregtype()*
2533 The result is a String, which is type of register {regname}.
2534 The value will be one of:
2535 "v" for |characterwise| text
2536 "V" for |linewise| text
2537 "<CTRL-V>{width}" for |blockwise-visual| text
2538 0 for an empty or unknown register
2539 <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
2540 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2541
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002542
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002543 *getwinposx()*
2544getwinposx() The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
2545 the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. The result will be
2546 -1 if the information is not available.
2547
2548 *getwinposy()*
2549getwinposy() The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
2550 the top of the GUI Vim window. The result will be -1 if the
2551 information is not available.
2552
2553getwinvar({nr}, {varname}) *getwinvar()*
2554 The result is the value of option or local window variable
2555 {varname} in window {nr}.
2556 This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
2557 doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
2558 Note that the name without "w:" must be used.
2559 Examples: >
2560 :let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
2561 :echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
2562<
2563 *glob()*
2564glob({expr}) Expand the file wildcards in {expr}. The result is a String.
2565 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2566 characters.
2567 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
2568 A name for a non-existing file is not included.
2569
2570 For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
2571 any external command. Example: >
2572 :let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`")
2573 :let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g")
2574< The result of the program inside the backticks should be one
2575 item per line. Spaces inside an item are allowed.
2576
2577 See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables. See
2578 |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
2579
2580globpath({path}, {expr}) *globpath()*
2581 Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
2582 the results. Example: >
2583 :echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
2584< {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names. Each
2585 directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
2586 glob(). A path separator is inserted when needed.
2587 To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
2588 backslash. Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a
2589 trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
2590 If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
2591 error message.
2592 The 'wildignore' option applies: Names matching one of the
2593 patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped.
2594
2595 *has()*
2596has({feature}) The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is
2597 supported, zero otherwise. The {feature} argument is a
2598 string. See |feature-list| below.
2599 Also see |exists()|.
2600
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002601
2602has_key({dict}, {key}) *has_key()*
2603 The result is a Number, which is 1 if Dictionary {dict} has an
2604 entry with key {key}. Zero otherwise.
2605
2606
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002607hasmapto({what} [, {mode}]) *hasmapto()*
2608 The result is a Number, which is 1 if there is a mapping that
2609 contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is mapped to)
2610 and this mapping exists in one of the modes indicated by
2611 {mode}.
2612 Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
2613 buffer are checked for a match.
2614 If no matching mapping is found 0 is returned.
2615 The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
2616 n Normal mode
2617 v Visual mode
2618 o Operator-pending mode
2619 i Insert mode
2620 l Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
2621 c Command-line mode
2622 When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used.
2623
2624 This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists
2625 to a function in a Vim script. Example: >
2626 :if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit')
2627 : map <Leader>d \ABCdoit
2628 :endif
2629< This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't
2630 already a mapping to "\ABCdoit".
2631
2632histadd({history}, {item}) *histadd()*
2633 Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be
2634 one of: *hist-names*
2635 "cmd" or ":" command line history
2636 "search" or "/" search pattern history
2637 "expr" or "=" typed expression history
2638 "input" or "@" input line history
2639 If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
2640 shifted to become the newest entry.
2641 The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
2642 otherwise 0 is returned.
2643
2644 Example: >
2645 :call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
2646 :let date=input("Enter date: ")
2647< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
2648
2649histdel({history} [, {item}]) *histdel()*
2650 Clear {history}, ie. delete all its entries. See |hist-names|
2651 for the possible values of {history}.
2652
2653 If the parameter {item} is given as String, this is seen
2654 as regular expression. All entries matching that expression
2655 will be removed from the history (if there are any).
2656 Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|.
2657 If {item} is a Number, it will be interpreted as index, see
2658 |:history-indexing|. The respective entry will be removed
2659 if it exists.
2660
2661 The result is a Number: 1 for a successful operation,
2662 otherwise 0 is returned.
2663
2664 Examples:
2665 Clear expression register history: >
2666 :call histdel("expr")
2667<
2668 Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: >
2669 :call histdel("/", '^\*')
2670<
2671 The following three are equivalent: >
2672 :call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
2673 :call histdel("search", -1)
2674 :call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$')
2675<
2676 To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
2677 the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >
2678 :call histdel("search", -1)
2679 :let @/ = histget("search", -1)
2680
2681histget({history} [, {index}]) *histget()*
2682 The result is a String, the entry with Number {index} from
2683 {history}. See |hist-names| for the possible values of
2684 {history}, and |:history-indexing| for {index}. If there is
2685 no such entry, an empty String is returned. When {index} is
2686 omitted, the most recent item from the history is used.
2687
2688 Examples:
2689 Redo the second last search from history. >
2690 :execute '/' . histget("search", -2)
2691
2692< Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
2693 the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >
2694 :command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>)
2695<
2696histnr({history}) *histnr()*
2697 The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}.
2698 See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}.
2699 If an error occurred, -1 is returned.
2700
2701 Example: >
2702 :let inp_index = histnr("expr")
2703<
2704hlexists({name}) *hlexists()*
2705 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a highlight group
2706 called {name} exists. This is when the group has been
2707 defined in some way. Not necessarily when highlighting has
2708 been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax
2709 item.
2710 *highlight_exists()*
2711 Obsolete name: highlight_exists().
2712
2713 *hlID()*
2714hlID({name}) The result is a Number, which is the ID of the highlight group
2715 with name {name}. When the highlight group doesn't exist,
2716 zero is returned.
2717 This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight
2718 group. For example, to get the background color of the
2719 "Comment" group: >
2720 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg")
2721< *highlightID()*
2722 Obsolete name: highlightID().
2723
2724hostname() *hostname()*
2725 The result is a String, which is the name of the machine on
2726 which Vim is currently running. Machine names greater than
2727 256 characters long are truncated.
2728
2729iconv({expr}, {from}, {to}) *iconv()*
2730 The result is a String, which is the text {expr} converted
2731 from encoding {from} to encoding {to}.
2732 When the conversion fails an empty string is returned.
2733 The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
2734 can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
2735 Most conversions require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv|
2736 feature. Otherwise only UTF-8 to latin1 conversion and back
2737 can be done.
2738 This can be used to display messages with special characters,
2739 no matter what 'encoding' is set to. Write the message in
2740 UTF-8 and use: >
2741 echo iconv(utf8_str, "utf-8", &enc)
2742< Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
2743 from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8. You
2744 cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.
2745 {only available when compiled with the +multi_byte feature}
2746
2747 *indent()*
2748indent({lnum}) The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
2749 current buffer. The indent is counted in spaces, the value
2750 of 'tabstop' is relevant. {lnum} is used just like in
2751 |getline()|.
2752 When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
2753
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002754
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002755index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) *index()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002756 Return the lowest index in List {list} where the item has a
2757 value equal to {expr}.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00002758 If {start} is given then start looking at the item with index
2759 {start} (may be negative for an item relative to the end).
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002760 When {ic} is given and it is non-zero, ignore case. Otherwise
2761 case must match.
2762 -1 is returned when {expr} is not found in {list}.
2763 Example: >
2764 :let idx = index(words, "the")
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00002765 :if index(numbers, 123) >= 0
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002766
2767
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002768input({prompt} [, {text}]) *input()*
2769 The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on
2770 the command-line. The parameter is either a prompt string, or
2771 a blank string (for no prompt). A '\n' can be used in the
2772 prompt to start a new line. The highlighting set with
2773 |:echohl| is used for the prompt. The input is entered just
2774 like a command-line, with the same editing commands and
2775 mappings. There is a separate history for lines typed for
2776 input().
2777 If the optional {text} is present, this is used for the
2778 default reply, as if the user typed this.
2779 NOTE: This must not be used in a startup file, for the
2780 versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI).
2781 Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will
2782 consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a
2783 mapping is handled like the characters were typed.
2784 Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()|
2785 after input() to avoid that. Another solution is to avoid
2786 that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using
2787 |:execute| or |:normal|.
2788
2789 Example: >
2790 :if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer"
2791 : echo "Cheers!"
2792 :endif
2793< Example with default text: >
2794 :let color = input("Color? ", "white")
2795< Example with a mapping: >
2796 :nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR>
2797 :function GetFoo()
2798 : call inputsave()
2799 : let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
2800 : call inputrestore()
2801 :endfunction
2802
2803inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]]) *inputdialog()*
2804 Like input(), but when the GUI is running and text dialogs are
2805 supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
2806 Example: >
2807 :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
2808 :if n != ""
2809 : let &sw = n
2810 :endif
2811< When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned. When
2812 omitted an empty string is returned.
2813 Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button. Hitting
2814 <Esc> works like pressing the Cancel button.
2815
2816inputrestore() *inputrestore()*
2817 Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous inputsave().
2818 Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
2819 called. Calling it more often is harmless though.
2820 Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise.
2821
2822inputsave() *inputsave()*
2823 Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
2824 a following prompt gets input from the user. Should be
2825 followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt. Can
2826 be used several times, in which case there must be just as
2827 many inputrestore() calls.
2828 Returns 1 when out of memory, 0 otherwise.
2829
2830inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) *inputsecret()*
2831 This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
2832 two exceptions:
2833 a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of
2834 asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and
2835 b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input
2836 |history| stack.
2837 The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually
2838 typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt.
2839
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002840insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}]) *insert()*
2841 Insert {item} at the start of List {list}.
2842 If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index
2843 {idx}. If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just
2844 like omitting {idx}. A negative {idx} is also possible, see
2845 |list-index|. -1 inserts just before the last item.
2846 Returns the resulting List. Examples: >
2847 :let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1)
2848 :call insert(mylist, 4, -1)
2849 :call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist))
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002850< The last example can be done simpler with |add()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002851 Note that when {item} is a List it is inserted as a single
2852 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
2853
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002854isdirectory({directory}) *isdirectory()*
2855 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
2856 with the name {directory} exists. If {directory} doesn't
2857 exist, or isn't a directory, the result is FALSE. {directory}
2858 is any expression, which is used as a String.
2859
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00002860islocked({expr}) *islocked()*
2861 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when {expr} is the
2862 name of a locked variable.
2863 {expr} must be the name of a variable, List item or Dictionary
2864 entry, not the variable itself! Example: >
2865 :let alist = [0, ['a', 'b'], 2, 3]
2866 :lockvar 1 alist
2867 :echo islocked('alist') " 1
2868 :echo islocked('alist[1]') " 0
2869
2870< When {expr} is a variable that does not exist you get an error
2871 message. Use |exists()| to check for existance.
2872
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002873items({dict}) *items()*
2874 Return a List with all the key-value pairs of {dict}. Each
2875 List item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict} entry
2876 and the value of this entry. The List is in arbitrary order.
2877
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002878
2879join({list} [, {sep}]) *join()*
2880 Join the items in {list} together into one String.
2881 When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items. If
2882 {sep} is omitted a single space is used.
2883 Note that {sep} is not added at the end. You might want to
2884 add it there too: >
2885 let lines = join(mylist, "\n") . "\n"
2886< String items are used as-is. Lists and Dictionaries are
2887 converted into a string like with |string()|.
2888 The opposite function is |split()|.
2889
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002890keys({dict}) *keys()*
2891 Return a List with all the keys of {dict}. The List is in
2892 arbitrary order.
2893
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002894 *len()* *E701*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002895len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
2896 When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is
2897 used, as with |strlen()|.
2898 When {expr} is a List the number of items in the List is
2899 returned.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002900 When {expr} is a Dictionary the number of entries in the
2901 Dictionary is returned.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002902 Otherwise an error is given.
2903
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002904 *libcall()* *E364* *E368*
2905libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
2906 Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname}
2907 with single argument {argument}.
2908 This is useful to call functions in a library that you
2909 especially made to be used with Vim. Since only one argument
2910 is possible, calling standard library functions is rather
2911 limited.
2912 The result is the String returned by the function. If the
2913 function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string ""
2914 to Vim.
2915 If the function returns a number, use libcallnr()!
2916 If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an
2917 int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a
2918 null-terminated string.
2919 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
2920
2921 libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to
2922 Vim without having to recompile the program. It is NOT a
2923 means to call system functions! If you try to do so Vim will
2924 very probably crash.
2925
2926 For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL
2927 and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is
2928 used in Windows System DLLs). The function must take exactly
2929 one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer,
2930 and must return a character pointer or NULL. The character
2931 pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid
2932 after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the
2933 DLL). If it points to allocated memory, that memory will
2934 leak away. Using a static buffer in the function should work,
2935 it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded.
2936
2937 WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may
2938 crash! This also happens if the function returns a number,
2939 because Vim thinks it's a pointer.
2940 For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL
2941 without the ".DLL" suffix. A full path is only required if
2942 the DLL is not in the usual places.
2943 For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
2944 object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
2945 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
2946 feature is present}
2947 Examples: >
2948 :echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
2949 :echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
2950<
2951 *libcallnr()*
2952libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
2953 Just like libcall(), but used for a function that returns an
2954 int instead of a string.
2955 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
2956 feature is present}
2957 Example (not very useful...): >
2958 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
2959 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
2960<
2961 *line()*
2962line({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
2963 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
2964 . the cursor position
2965 $ the last line in the current buffer
2966 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
2967 returned)
2968 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
2969 Examples: >
2970 line(".") line number of the cursor
2971 line("'t") line number of mark t
2972 line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker
2973< *last-position-jump*
2974 This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
2975 just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
2976 :au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal g'\"" | endif
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002977
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()*
2979 Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
2980 {lnum}. This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
2981 the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer. The first
2982 line returns 1.
2983 This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
2984 below the last line: >
2985 line2byte(line("$") + 1)
2986< This is the file size plus one.
2987 When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
2988 disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
2989 Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
2990
2991lispindent({lnum}) *lispindent()*
2992 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp
2993 indenting rules, as with 'lisp'.
2994 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
2995 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
2996 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the
2997 |+lispindent| feature, -1 is returned.
2998
2999localtime() *localtime()*
3000 Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
3001 1970. See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|.
3002
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003003
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003004map({expr}, {string}) *map()*
3005 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
3006 Replace each item in {expr} with the result of evaluating
3007 {string}.
3008 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
3009 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
3010 Example: >
3011 :call map(mylist, '"> " . v:val . " <"')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003012< This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003013
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003014 Note that {string} is the result of an expression and is then
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003015 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003016 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes. You
3017 still have to double ' quotes
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003018
3019 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
3020 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003021 :let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' & . "\t"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003022
3023< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003024
3025
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003026maparg({name}[, {mode}]) *maparg()*
3027 Return the rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}. When there
3028 is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is returned.
3029 These characters can be used for {mode}:
3030 "n" Normal
3031 "v" Visual
3032 "o" Operator-pending
3033 "i" Insert
3034 "c" Cmd-line
3035 "l" langmap |language-mapping|
3036 "" Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
3037 When {mode} is omitted, the modes from "" are used.
3038 The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
3039 command. The returned String has special characters
3040 translated like in the output of the ":map" command listing.
3041 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3042 then the global mappings.
3043
3044mapcheck({name}[, {mode}]) *mapcheck()*
3045 Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode
3046 {mode}. See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in
3047 {name}.
3048 A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and
3049 with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}.
3050
3051 matches mapping "a" "ab" "abc" ~
3052 mapcheck("a") yes yes yes
3053 mapcheck("abc") yes yes yes
3054 mapcheck("ax") yes no no
3055 mapcheck("b") no no no
3056
3057 The difference with maparg() is that mapcheck() finds a
3058 mapping that matches with {name}, while maparg() only finds a
3059 mapping for {name} exactly.
3060 When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty
3061 String is returned. If there is one, the rhs of that mapping
3062 is returned. If there are several mappings that start with
3063 {name}, the rhs of one of them is returned.
3064 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3065 then the global mappings.
3066 This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added
3067 without being ambiguous. Example: >
3068 :if mapcheck("_vv") == ""
3069 : map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR>
3070 :endif
3071< This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a
3072 mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv".
3073
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003074match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *match()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003075 When {expr} is a List then this returns the index of the first
3076 item where {pat} matches. Each item is used as a String,
3077 Lists and Dictionaries are used as echoed.
3078 Otherwise, {expr} is used as a String. The result is a
3079 Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in {expr} where
3080 {pat} matches.
3081 A match at the first character or List item returns zero.
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003082 If there is no match -1 is returned.
3083 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003084 :echo match("testing", "ing") " results in 4
3085 :echo match([1, 'x'], '\a') " results in 2
3086< See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003087 *strpbrk()*
3088 Vim doesn't have a strpbrk() function. But you can do: >
3089 :let sepidx = match(line, '[.,;: \t]')
3090< *strcasestr()*
3091 Vim doesn't have a strcasestr() function. But you can add
3092 "\c" to the pattern to ignore case: >
3093 :let idx = match(haystack, '\cneedle')
3094<
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003095 When {count} is given use the {count}'th match. When a match
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003096 is found in a String the search for the next one starts on
3097 character further. Thus this example results in 1: >
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003098 echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2)
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003099< In a List the search continues in the next item.
3100
3101 If {start} is given, the search starts from byte index
3102 {start} in a String or item {start} in a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003103 The result, however, is still the index counted from the
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003104 first character/item. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003105 :echo match("testing", "ing", 2)
3106< result is again "4". >
3107 :echo match("testing", "ing", 4)
3108< result is again "4". >
3109 :echo match("testing", "t", 2)
3110< result is "3".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003111 For a String, if {start} < 0, it will be set to 0. For a list
3112 the index is counted from the end.
3113 If {start} is out of range (> strlen({expr} for a String or
3114 > len({expr} for a List) -1 is returned.
3115
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003116 See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted.
3117 The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
3118 the pattern. 'smartcase' is NOT used. The matching is always
3119 done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
3120
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003121matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchend()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003122 Same as match(), but return the index of first character after
3123 the match. Example: >
3124 :echo matchend("testing", "ing")
3125< results in "7".
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003126 *strspn()* *strcspn()*
3127 Vim doesn't have a strspn() or strcspn() function, but you can
3128 do it with matchend(): >
3129 :let span = matchend(line, '[a-zA-Z]')
3130 :let span = matchend(line, '[^a-zA-Z]')
3131< Except that -1 is returned when there are no matches.
3132
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003133 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3134 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
3135< results in "7". >
3136 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
3137< result is "-1".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003138 When {expr} is a List the result is equal to match().
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003139
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003140matchlist({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchlist()*
3141 Same as match(), but return a List. The first item in the
3142 list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
3143 return. Following items are submatches, like "\1", "\2", etc.
3144 in |:substitute|.
3145 When there is no match an empty list is returned.
3146
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003147matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchstr()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003148 Same as match(), but return the matched string. Example: >
3149 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
3150< results in "ing".
3151 When there is no match "" is returned.
3152 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3153 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
3154< results in "ing". >
3155 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
3156< result is "".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003157 When {expr} is a List then the matching item is returned.
3158 The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003159
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003160 *max()*
3161max({list}) Return the maximum value of all items in {list}.
3162 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3163 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3164 An empty List results in zero.
3165
3166 *min()*
3167min({list}) Return the minumum value of all items in {list}.
3168 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3169 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3170 An empty List results in zero.
3171
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003172 *mkdir()* *E749*
3173mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
3174 Create directory {name}.
3175 If {path} is "p" then intermediate directories are created as
3176 necessary. Otherwise it must be "".
3177 If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
3178 the new directory. The default is 0755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
3179 the user readable for others). Use 0700 to make it unreadable
3180 for others.
3181 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3182 Not available on all systems. To check use: >
3183 :if exists("*mkdir")
3184<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003185 *mode()*
3186mode() Return a string that indicates the current mode:
3187 n Normal
3188 v Visual by character
3189 V Visual by line
3190 CTRL-V Visual blockwise
3191 s Select by character
3192 S Select by line
3193 CTRL-S Select blockwise
3194 i Insert
3195 R Replace
3196 c Command-line
3197 r Hit-enter prompt
3198 This is useful in the 'statusline' option. In most other
3199 places it always returns "c" or "n".
3200
3201nextnonblank({lnum}) *nextnonblank()*
3202 Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
3203 that is not blank. Example: >
3204 if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java"
3205< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3206 below it, zero is returned.
3207 See also |prevnonblank()|.
3208
3209nr2char({expr}) *nr2char()*
3210 Return a string with a single character, which has the number
3211 value {expr}. Examples: >
3212 nr2char(64) returns "@"
3213 nr2char(32) returns " "
3214< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
3215 nr2char(300) returns I with bow character
3216< Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
3217 nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
3218 characters. nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003219 string, thus results in an empty string.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003220
3221prevnonblank({lnum}) *prevnonblank()*
3222 Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum}
3223 that is not blank. Example: >
3224 let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
3225< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3226 above it, zero is returned.
3227 Also see |nextnonblank()|.
3228
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00003229 *E726* *E727*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003230range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) *range()*
3231 Returns a List with Numbers:
3232 - If only {expr} is specified: [0, 1, ..., {expr} - 1]
3233 - If {max} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + 1, ..., {max}]
3234 - If {stride} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + {stride}, ...,
3235 {max}] (increasing {expr} with {stride} each time, not
3236 producing a value past {max}).
3237 Examples: >
3238 range(4) " [0, 1, 2, 3]
3239 range(2, 4) " [2, 3, 4]
3240 range(2, 9, 3) " [2, 5, 8]
3241 range(2, -2, -1) " [2, 1, 0, -1, -2]
3242<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003243 *readfile()*
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003244readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003245 Read file {fname} and return a List, each line of the file as
3246 an item. Lines broken at NL characters. Macintosh files
3247 separated with CR will result in a single long line (unless a
3248 NL appears somewhere).
3249 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used:
3250 - When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
3251 added.
3252 - No CR characters are removed.
3253 Otherwise:
3254 - CR characters that appear before a NL are removed.
3255 - Whether the last line ends in a NL or not does not matter.
3256 All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003257 When {max} is given this specifies the maximum number of lines
3258 to be read. Useful if you only want to check the first ten
3259 lines of a file: >
3260 :for line in readfile(fname, '', 10)
3261 : if line =~ 'Date' | echo line | endif
3262 :endfor
3263< When {max} is zero or negative the result is an empty list.
3264 Note that without {max} the whole file is read into memory.
3265 Also note that there is no recognition of encoding. Read a
3266 file into a buffer if you need to.
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003267 When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
3268 the result is an empty list.
3269 Also see |writefile()|.
3270
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003271 *remote_expr()* *E449*
3272remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
3273 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as an
3274 expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
3275 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3276 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3277 remote_read() is stored there.
3278 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3279 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3280 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3281 Note: Any errors will cause a local error message to be issued
3282 and the result will be the empty string.
3283 Examples: >
3284 :echo remote_expr("gvim", "2+2")
3285 :echo remote_expr("gvim1", "b:current_syntax")
3286<
3287
3288remote_foreground({server}) *remote_foreground()*
3289 Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground.
3290 This works like: >
3291 remote_expr({server}, "foreground()")
3292< Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work
3293 around the problem that the OS doesn't always allow the server
3294 to bring itself to the foreground.
3295 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3296 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
3297 Win32 console version}
3298
3299
3300remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}]) *remote_peek()*
3301 Returns a positive number if there are available strings
3302 from {serverid}. Copies any reply string into the variable
3303 {retvar} if specified. {retvar} must be a string with the
3304 name of a variable.
3305 Returns zero if none are available.
3306 Returns -1 if something is wrong.
3307 See also |clientserver|.
3308 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3309 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3310 Examples: >
3311 :let repl = ""
3312 :echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
3313
3314remote_read({serverid}) *remote_read()*
3315 Return the oldest available reply from {serverid} and consume
3316 it. It blocks until a reply is available.
3317 See also |clientserver|.
3318 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3319 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3320 Example: >
3321 :echo remote_read(id)
3322<
3323 *remote_send()* *E241*
3324remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003325 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as input
3326 keys and the function returns immediately. At the Vim server
3327 the keys are not mapped |:map|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003328 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3329 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3330 remote_read() is stored there.
3331 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3332 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3333 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3334 Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
3335 up the display.
3336 Examples: >
3337 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid").
3338 \ remote_read(serverid)
3339
3340 :autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
3341 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
3342 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ".
3343 \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>')
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003344<
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003345remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}]) *remove()*
3346 Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from List {list} and
3347 return it.
3348 With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
3349 return a list with these items. When {idx} points to the same
3350 item as {end} a list with one item is returned. When {end}
3351 points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
3352 See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003353 Example: >
3354 :echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003355 :call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003356remove({dict}, {key})
3357 Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}. Example: >
3358 :echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one")
3359< If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
3360
3361 Use |delete()| to remove a file.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003362
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003363rename({from}, {to}) *rename()*
3364 Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This
3365 should also work to move files across file systems. The
3366 result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
3367 successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
3368 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3369
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003370repeat({expr}, {count}) *repeat()*
3371 Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated
3372 result. Example: >
3373 :let seperator = repeat('-', 80)
3374< When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003375 When {expr} is a List the result is {expr} concatenated
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003376 {count} times. Example: >
3377 :let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3)
3378< Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b'].
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003379
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003380
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003381resolve({filename}) *resolve()* *E655*
3382 On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
3383 returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
3384 On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
3385 components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
3386 To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
3387 stopped after 100 iterations.
3388 On other systems, return the simplified {filename}.
3389 The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|.
3390 resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the
3391 current directory (provided the result is still a relative
3392 path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator.
3393
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003394 *reverse()*
3395reverse({list}) Reverse the order of items in {list} in-place. Returns
3396 {list}.
3397 If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3398 :let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist))
3399
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003400search({pattern} [, {flags}]) *search()*
3401 Search for regexp pattern {pattern}. The search starts at the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003402 cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003403 {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
3404 'b' search backward instead of forward
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003405 'n' do Not move the cursor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003406 'w' wrap around the end of the file
3407 'W' don't wrap around the end of the file
3408 If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies.
3409
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003410 When a match has been found its line number is returned.
3411 The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n'
3412 flag is used).
3413 If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
3414 move. No error message is given.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003415
3416 Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >
3417 :let n = 1
3418 :while n <= argc() " loop over all files in arglist
3419 : exe "argument " . n
3420 : " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
3421 : " first search to find match at start of file
3422 : normal G$
3423 : let flags = "w"
3424 : while search("foo", flags) > 0
3425 : s/foo/bar/g
3426 : let flags = "W"
3427 : endwhile
3428 : update " write the file if modified
3429 : let n = n + 1
3430 :endwhile
3431<
3432 *searchpair()*
3433searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
3434 Search for the match of a nested start-end pair. This can be
3435 used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other
3436 if/endif pairs in between are ignored.
3437 The search starts at the cursor. If a match is found, the
3438 cursor is positioned at it and the line number is returned.
3439 If no match is found 0 or -1 is returned and the cursor
3440 doesn't move. No error message is given.
3441
3442 {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|. They
3443 must not contain \( \) pairs. Use of \%( \) is allowed. When
3444 {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either
3445 direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair. A
3446 typical use is: >
3447 searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>')
3448< By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped.
3449
3450 {flags} are used like with |search()|. Additionally:
3451 'n' do Not move the cursor
3452 'r' Repeat until no more matches found; will find the
3453 outer pair
3454 'm' return number of Matches instead of line number with
3455 the match; will only be > 1 when 'r' is used.
3456
3457 When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the
3458 {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on
3459 the start of the match. It should return non-zero if this
3460 match is to be skipped. E.g., because it is inside a comment
3461 or a string.
3462 When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
3463 When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
3464 and -1 returned.
3465
3466 The value of 'ignorecase' is used. 'magic' is ignored, the
3467 patterns are used like it's on.
3468
3469 The search starts exactly at the cursor. A match with
3470 {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the
3471 direction of searching, is the first one found. Example: >
3472 if 1
3473 if 2
3474 endif 2
3475 endif 1
3476< When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and
3477 searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found. When starting on
3478 the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be
3479 found. That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and
3480 then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to
3481 "endif 2".
3482 When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character,
3483 it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so
3484 that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds
3485 the matching start.
3486
3487 Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: >
3488
3489 :echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W',
3490 \ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""')
3491
3492< The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is
3493 to be found. Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid
3494 having to double the backslashes. The skip expression only
3495 catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command.
3496 Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway a line is considered a
3497 match.
3498 Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": >
3499
3500 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW')
3501
3502< This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a
3503 match is to be found. To reject matches that syntax
3504 highlighting recognized as strings: >
3505
3506 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW',
3507 \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"')
3508<
3509server2client( {clientid}, {string}) *server2client()*
3510 Send a reply string to {clientid}. The most recent {clientid}
3511 that sent a string can be retrieved with expand("<client>").
3512 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3513 Note:
3514 This id has to be stored before the next command can be
3515 received. Ie. before returning from the received command and
3516 before calling any commands that waits for input.
3517 See also |clientserver|.
3518 Example: >
3519 :echo server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")
3520<
3521serverlist() *serverlist()*
3522 Return a list of available server names, one per line.
3523 When there are no servers or the information is not available
3524 an empty string is returned. See also |clientserver|.
3525 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3526 Example: >
3527 :echo serverlist()
3528<
3529setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) *setbufvar()*
3530 Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {expr} to
3531 {val}.
3532 This also works for a global or local window option, but it
3533 doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
3534 For a local window option the global value is unchanged.
3535 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
3536 Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used.
3537 Examples: >
3538 :call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1)
3539 :call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
3540< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3541
3542setcmdpos({pos}) *setcmdpos()*
3543 Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
3544 {pos}. The first position is 1.
3545 Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position.
3546 Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003547 |c_CTRL-\_e|, |c_CTRL-R_=| or |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '='. For
3548 |c_CTRL-\_e| and |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '=' the position is
3549 set after the command line is set to the expression. For
3550 |c_CTRL-R_=| it is set after evaluating the expression but
3551 before inserting the resulting text.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003552 When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
3553 line. A number smaller than one has undefined results.
3554 Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
3555 line.
3556
3557setline({lnum}, {line}) *setline()*
3558 Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {line}. If this
3559 succeeds, 0 is returned. If this fails (most likely because
3560 {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned. Example: >
3561 :call setline(5, strftime("%c"))
3562< Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
3563
3564 *setreg()*
3565setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
3566 Set the register {regname} to {value}.
3567 If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
3568 then the value is appended.
3569 {options} can also contains a register type specification:
3570 "c" or "v" |characterwise| mode
3571 "l" or "V" |linewise| mode
3572 "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode
3573 If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is
3574 used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified
3575 then the width of the block is set to the number of characters
3576 in the longest line (counting a <TAB> as 1 character).
3577
3578 If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
3579 is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
3580 Setting the '=' register is not possible.
3581 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
3582
3583 Examples: >
3584 :call setreg(v:register, @*)
3585 :call setreg('*', @%, 'ac')
3586 :call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
3587
3588< This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
3589 register. >
3590 :let var_a = getreg('a')
3591 :let var_amode = getregtype('a')
3592 ....
3593 :call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
3594
3595< You can also change the type of a register by appending
3596 nothing: >
3597 :call setreg('a', '', 'al')
3598
3599setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val}) *setwinvar()*
3600 Set option or local variable {varname} in window {nr} to
3601 {val}.
3602 This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
3603 doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
3604 For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
3605 Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
3606 Examples: >
3607 :call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
3608 :call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
3609< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3610
3611simplify({filename}) *simplify()*
3612 Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
3613 the meaning. Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
3614 Unix) are not resolved. If the first path component in
3615 {filename} designates the current directory, this will be
3616 valid for the result as well. A trailing path separator is
3617 not removed either.
3618 Example: >
3619 simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/"
3620< Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is
3621 a searchable directory or does not exist. On Unix, it is also
3622 removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same
3623 directory. In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
3624 links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.
3625
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003626
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00003627sort({list} [, {func}]) *sort()* *E702*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003628 Sort the items in {list} in-place. Returns {list}. If you
3629 want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3630 :let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
3631< Uses the string representation of each item to sort on.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003632 Numbers sort after Strings, Lists after Numbers.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003633 When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
3634 When {func} is a Funcref or a function name, this function is
3635 called to compare items. The function is invoked with two
3636 items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 if
3637 the first one sorts after the second one, -1 if the first one
3638 sorts before the second one. Example: >
3639 func MyCompare(i1, i2)
3640 return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
3641 endfunc
3642 let sortedlist = sort(mylist, "MyCompare")
3643
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003644split({expr} [, {pattern}]) *split()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003645 Make a List out of {expr}. When {pattern} is omitted each
3646 white-separated sequence of characters becomes an item.
3647 Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
3648 removing the matched characters. Empty strings are omitted.
3649 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003650 :let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+')
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003651< Since empty strings are not added the "\+" isn't required but
3652 it makes the function work a bit faster.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003653 The opposite function is |join()|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003654
3655
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003656strftime({format} [, {time}]) *strftime()*
3657 The result is a String, which is a formatted date and time, as
3658 specified by the {format} string. The given {time} is used,
3659 or the current time if no time is given. The accepted
3660 {format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
3661 See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
3662 format. The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
3663 See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|.
3664 The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
3665 Examples: >
3666 :echo strftime("%c") Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
3667 :echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X") 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25
3668 :echo strftime("%y%m%d %T") 970427 11:53:55
3669 :echo strftime("%H:%M") 11:55
3670 :echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c"))
3671 Show mod time of file.c.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003672< Not available on all systems. To check use: >
3673 :if exists("*strftime")
3674
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00003675stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *stridx()*
3676 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
3677 {haystack} of the first occurrence of the String {needle}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003678 If {start} is specified, the search starts at index {start}.
3679 This can be used to find a second match: >
3680 :let comma1 = stridx(line, ",")
3681 :let comma2 = stridx(line, ",", comma1 + 1)
3682< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00003683 For pattern searches use |match()|.
3684 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003685 See also |strridx()|.
3686 Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003687 :echo stridx("An Example", "Example") 3
3688 :echo stridx("Starting point", "Start") 0
3689 :echo stridx("Starting point", "start") -1
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003690< *strstr()* *strchr()*
3691 stridx() works similar to the C function strstr(). When used
3692 with a single character it works similar to strchr().
3693
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003694 *string()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003695string({expr}) Return {expr} converted to a String. If {expr} is a Number,
3696 String or a composition of them, then the result can be parsed
3697 back with |eval()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003698 {expr} type result ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003699 String 'string'
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003700 Number 123
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003701 Funcref function('name')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003702 List [item, item]
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003703 Note that in String values the ' character is doubled.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003704
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003705 *strlen()*
3706strlen({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
3707 {expr} in bytes. If you want to count the number of
3708 multi-byte characters use something like this: >
3709
3710 :let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g"))
3711
3712< Composing characters are not counted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003713 If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
3714 For other types an error is given.
3715 Also see |len()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003716
3717strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}]) *strpart()*
3718 The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
3719 byte {start}, with the length {len}.
3720 When non-existing bytes are included, this doesn't result in
3721 an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
3722 If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the
3723 end of the {src}. >
3724 strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2) == "de"
3725 strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4) == "ab"
3726 strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4) == "fg"
3727 strpart("abcdefg", 3) == "defg"
3728< Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0. For
3729 example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: >
3730 strpart(getline(line(".")), col(".") - 1, 3)
3731<
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003732strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *strridx()*
3733 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
3734 {haystack} of the last occurrence of the String {needle}.
3735 When {start} is specified, matches beyond this index are
3736 ignored. This can be used to find a match before a previous
3737 match: >
3738 :let lastcomma = strridx(line, ",")
3739 :let comma2 = strridx(line, ",", lastcomma - 1)
3740< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00003741 For pattern searches use |match()|.
3742 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003743 If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003744 See also |stridx()|. Examples: >
3745 :echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an") 3
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003746< *strrchr()*
3747 When used with a single character it works similar to the C
3748 function strrchr().
3749
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003750strtrans({expr}) *strtrans()*
3751 The result is a String, which is {expr} with all unprintable
3752 characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|.
3753 Like they are shown in a window. Example: >
3754 echo strtrans(@a)
3755< This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
3756 starting a new line.
3757
3758submatch({nr}) *submatch()*
3759 Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command. Returns
3760 the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text. When {nr} is 0
3761 the whole matched text is returned.
3762 Example: >
3763 :s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
3764< This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
3765 A line break is included as a newline character.
3766
3767substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags}) *substitute()*
3768 The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which
3769 the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}. This works
3770 like the ":substitute" command (without any flags). But the
3771 matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is
3772 set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable).
3773 See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
3774 And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
3775 Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
3776 |sub-replace-special|. For example, to replace something with
3777 "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
3778 When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned
3779 unmodified.
3780 When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
3781 replaced. Otherwise {flags} should be "".
3782 Example: >
3783 :let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
3784< This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >
3785 :echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
3786< results in "TESTING".
3787
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00003788synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans}) *synID()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003789 The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00003790 {lnum} and {col} in the current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003791 The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()| and
3792 |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text.
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00003793 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003794 line.
3795 When {trans} is non-zero, transparent items are reduced to the
3796 item that they reveal. This is useful when wanting to know
3797 the effective color. When {trans} is zero, the transparent
3798 item is returned. This is useful when wanting to know which
3799 syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens).
3800 Warning: This function can be very slow. Best speed is
3801 obtained by going through the file in forward direction.
3802
3803 Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): >
3804 :echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
3805<
3806synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}]) *synIDattr()*
3807 The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of
3808 syntax ID {synID}. This can be used to obtain information
3809 about a syntax item.
3810 {mode} can be "gui", "cterm" or "term", to get the attributes
3811 for that mode. When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is
3812 used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are
3813 used (GUI, cterm or term).
3814 Use synIDtrans() to follow linked highlight groups.
3815 {what} result
3816 "name" the name of the syntax item
3817 "fg" foreground color (GUI: color name used to set
3818 the color, cterm: color number as a string,
3819 term: empty string)
3820 "bg" background color (like "fg")
3821 "fg#" like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
3822 running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
3823 "bg#" like "fg#" for "bg"
3824 "bold" "1" if bold
3825 "italic" "1" if italic
3826 "reverse" "1" if reverse
3827 "inverse" "1" if inverse (= reverse)
3828 "underline" "1" if underlined
3829
3830 Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the
3831 cursor): >
3832 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg")
3833<
3834synIDtrans({synID}) *synIDtrans()*
3835 The result is a Number, which is the translated syntax ID of
3836 {synID}. This is the syntax group ID of what is being used to
3837 highlight the character. Highlight links given with
3838 ":highlight link" are followed.
3839
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00003840system({expr} [, {input}]) *system()* *E677*
3841 Get the output of the shell command {expr}.
3842 When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and
3843 passed as stdin to the command. The string is written as-is,
3844 you need to take care of using the correct line separators
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003845 yourself. Pipes are not used.
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00003846 Note: newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail. The
3847 characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also cause
3848 trouble.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003849 This is not to be used for interactive commands.
3850 The result is a String. Example: >
3851
3852 :let files = system("ls")
3853
3854< To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
3855 is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
3856 <CR><NL> with <NL> for DOS-like systems.
3857 The command executed is constructed using several options:
3858 'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
3859 ({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
3860 For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for
3861 concatenated commands.
3862
3863 The resulting error code can be found in |v:shell_error|.
3864 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
3865 Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files.
3866 Use |:checktime| to force a check.
3867
3868tempname() *tempname()* *temp-file-name*
3869 The result is a String, which is the name of a file that
3870 doesn't exist. It can be used for a temporary file. The name
3871 is different for at least 26 consecutive calls. Example: >
3872 :let tmpfile = tempname()
3873 :exe "redir > " . tmpfile
3874< For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
3875 accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems
3876 (e.g., a symlink attack or other people reading your file).
3877 When Vim exits the directory and all files in it are deleted.
3878 For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
3879 option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
3880
3881tolower({expr}) *tolower()*
3882 The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase
3883 characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to
3884 the string).
3885
3886toupper({expr}) *toupper()*
3887 The result is a copy of the String given, with all lowercase
3888 characters turned into uppercase (just like applying |gU| to
3889 the string).
3890
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00003891tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) *tr()*
3892 The result is a copy of the {src} string with all characters
3893 which appear in {fromstr} replaced by the character in that
3894 position in the {tostr} string. Thus the first character in
3895 {fromstr} is translated into the first character in {tostr}
3896 and so on. Exactly like the unix "tr" command.
3897 This code also deals with multibyte characters properly.
3898
3899 Examples: >
3900 echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT")
3901< returns "Hello THere" >
3902 echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
3903< returns "{blob}"
3904
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003905 *type()*
3906type({expr}) The result is a Number, depending on the type of {expr}:
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00003907 Number: 0
3908 String: 1
3909 Funcref: 2
3910 List: 3
3911 Dictionary: 4
3912 To avoid the magic numbers it should be used this way: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003913 :if type(myvar) == type(0)
3914 :if type(myvar) == type("")
3915 :if type(myvar) == type(function("tr"))
3916 :if type(myvar) == type([])
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00003917 :if type(myvar) == type({})
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003918
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003919values({dict}) *values()*
3920 Return a List with all the values of {dict}. The List is in
3921 arbitrary order.
3922
3923
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003924virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()*
3925 The result is a Number, which is the screen column of the file
3926 position given with {expr}. That is, the last screen position
3927 occupied by the character at that position, when the screen
3928 would be of unlimited width. When there is a <Tab> at the
3929 position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
3930 the <Tab>. For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
3931 set to 8, it returns 8.
3932 For the byte position use |col()|.
3933 When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
3934 beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
3935 The accepted positions are:
3936 . the cursor position
3937 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
3938 number of displayed characters in the cursor line
3939 plus one)
3940 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
3941 returned)
3942 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
3943 Examples: >
3944 virtcol(".") with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
3945 virtcol("$") with text "foo^Lbar", returns 9
3946 virtcol("'t") with text " there", with 't at 'h', returns 6
3947< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
3948
3949visualmode([expr]) *visualmode()*
3950 The result is a String, which describes the last Visual mode
3951 used. Initially it returns an empty string, but once Visual
3952 mode has been used, it returns "v", "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a
3953 single CTRL-V character) for character-wise, line-wise, or
3954 block-wise Visual mode respectively.
3955 Example: >
3956 :exe "normal " . visualmode()
3957< This enters the same Visual mode as before. It is also useful
3958 in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
3959 Visual mode that was used.
3960
3961 If an expression is supplied that results in a non-zero number
3962 or a non-empty string, then the Visual mode will be cleared
3963 and the old value is returned. Note that " " and "0" are also
3964 non-empty strings, thus cause the mode to be cleared.
3965
3966 *winbufnr()*
3967winbufnr({nr}) The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
3968 associated with window {nr}. When {nr} is zero, the number of
3969 the buffer in the current window is returned. When window
3970 {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
3971 Example: >
3972 :echo "The file in the current window is " . bufname(winbufnr(0))
3973<
3974 *wincol()*
3975wincol() The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
3976 cursor in the window. This is counting screen cells from the
3977 left side of the window. The leftmost column is one.
3978
3979winheight({nr}) *winheight()*
3980 The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
3981 When {nr} is zero, the height of the current window is
3982 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
3983 An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
3984 Examples: >
3985 :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines."
3986<
3987 *winline()*
3988winline() The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
3989 in the window. This is counting screen lines from the top of
3990 the window. The first line is one.
3991
3992 *winnr()*
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003993winnr([{arg}]) The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
3994 window. The top window has number 1.
3995 When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
3996 last window is returnd (the window count).
3997 When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
3998 accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
3999 If there is no previous window 0 is returned.
4000 The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
4001 |:wincmd|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004002
4003 *winrestcmd()*
4004winrestcmd() Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
4005 the current window sizes. Only works properly when no windows
4006 are opened or closed and the current window is unchanged.
4007 Example: >
4008 :let cmd = winrestcmd()
4009 :call MessWithWindowSizes()
4010 :exe cmd
4011
4012winwidth({nr}) *winwidth()*
4013 The result is a Number, which is the width of window {nr}.
4014 When {nr} is zero, the width of the current window is
4015 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4016 An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
4017 Examples: >
4018 :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns."
4019 :if winwidth(0) <= 50
4020 : exe "normal 50\<C-W>|"
4021 :endif
4022<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00004023 *writefile()*
4024writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
4025 Write List {list} to file {fname}. Each list item is
4026 separated with a NL. Each list item must be a String or
4027 Number.
4028 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used: There will
4029 not be a NL after the last list item. An empty item at the
4030 end does cause the last line in the file to end in a NL.
4031 All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
4032 Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
4033 to writefile().
4034 An existing file is overwritten, if possible.
4035 When the write fails -1 is returned, otherwise 0. There is an
4036 error message if the file can't be created or when writing
4037 fails.
4038 Also see |readfile()|.
4039 To copy a file byte for byte: >
4040 :let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
4041 :call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
4042<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004043
4044 *feature-list*
4045There are three types of features:
40461. Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
4047 was compiled |+feature-list|. Example: >
4048 :if has("cindent")
40492. Features that are only supported when certain conditions have been met.
4050 Example: >
4051 :if has("gui_running")
4052< *has-patch*
40533. Included patches. First check |v:version| for the version of Vim.
4054 Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for
4055 this version. Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
4056 :if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
4057
4058all_builtin_terms Compiled with all builtin terminals enabled.
4059amiga Amiga version of Vim.
4060arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
4061arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga).
4062autocmd Compiled with autocommands support.
4063balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
4064beos BeOS version of Vim.
4065browse Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
4066 work.
4067builtin_terms Compiled with some builtin terminals.
4068byte_offset Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
4069cindent Compiled with 'cindent' support.
4070clientserver Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|.
4071clipboard Compiled with 'clipboard' support.
4072cmdline_compl Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support.
4073cmdline_hist Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
4074cmdline_info Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
4075comments Compiled with |'comments'| support.
4076cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
4077cscope Compiled with |cscope| support.
4078compatible Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
4079debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
4080dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support.
4081dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support.
4082diff Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
4083digraphs Compiled with support for digraphs.
4084dnd Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
4085dos32 32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
4086dos16 16 bits DOS version of Vim.
4087ebcdic Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set.
4088emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
4089eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always
4090 true, of course!
4091ex_extra Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|.
4092extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
4093 |'hlsearch'|
4094farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
4095file_in_path Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004096filterpipe When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
4097 read/write/filter commands
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004098find_in_path Compiled with support for include file searches
4099 |+find_in_path|.
4100fname_case Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and
4101 Windows this is not present).
4102folding Compiled with |folding| support.
4103footer Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
4104fork Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
4105gettext Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
4106gui Compiled with GUI enabled.
4107gui_athena Compiled with Athena GUI.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00004108gui_beos Compiled with BeOS GUI.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004109gui_gtk Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
4110gui_gtk2 Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00004111gui_kde Compiled with KDE GUI |KVim|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004112gui_mac Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
4113gui_motif Compiled with Motif GUI.
4114gui_photon Compiled with Photon GUI.
4115gui_win32 Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
4116gui_win32s idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
4117gui_running Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
4118hangul_input Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
4119iconv Can use iconv() for conversion.
4120insert_expand Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
4121 Insert mode.
4122jumplist Compiled with |jumplist| support.
4123keymap Compiled with 'keymap' support.
4124langmap Compiled with 'langmap' support.
4125libcall Compiled with |libcall()| support.
4126linebreak Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
4127 support.
4128lispindent Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
4129listcmds Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
4130 and the argument list |arglist|.
4131localmap Compiled with local mappings and abbr. |:map-local|
4132mac Macintosh version of Vim.
4133macunix Macintosh version of Vim, using Unix files (OS-X).
4134menu Compiled with support for |:menu|.
4135mksession Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
4136modify_fname Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
4137mouse Compiled with support mouse.
4138mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
4139mouse_dec Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
4140mouse_gpm Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
4141mouse_netterm Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
4142mouse_pterm Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
4143mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
4144multi_byte Compiled with support for editing Korean et al.
4145multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method.
4146multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00004147mzscheme Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004148netbeans_intg Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
Bram Moolenaar009b2592004-10-24 19:18:58 +00004149netbeans_enabled Compiled with support for |netbeans| and it's used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004150ole Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32.
4151os2 OS/2 version of Vim.
4152osfiletype Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype|
4153path_extra Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
4154perl Compiled with Perl interface.
4155postscript Compiled with PostScript file printing.
4156printer Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004157profile Compiled with |:profile| support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004158python Compiled with Python interface.
4159qnx QNX version of Vim.
4160quickfix Compiled with |quickfix| support.
4161rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support.
4162ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|.
4163scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support.
4164showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
4165signs Compiled with |:sign| support.
4166smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00004167sniff Compiled with SNiFF interface support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004168statusline Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
4169 and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
4170sun_workshop Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
4171syntax Compiled with syntax highlighting support.
4172syntax_items There are active syntax highlighting items for the
4173 current buffer.
4174system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec().
4175tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files
4176 |tag-binary-search|.
4177tag_old_static Compiled with support for old static tags
4178 |tag-old-static|.
4179tag_any_white Compiled with support for any white characters in tags
4180 files |tag-any-white|.
4181tcl Compiled with Tcl interface.
4182terminfo Compiled with terminfo instead of termcap.
4183termresponse Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|.
4184textobjects Compiled with support for |text-objects|.
4185tgetent Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap
4186 or terminfo file.
4187title Compiled with window title support |'title'|.
4188toolbar Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
4189unix Unix version of Vim.
4190user_commands User-defined commands.
4191viminfo Compiled with viminfo support.
4192vim_starting True while initial source'ing takes place.
4193vertsplit Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
4194virtualedit Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
4195visual Compiled with Visual mode.
4196visualextra Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
4197 |blockwise-operators|.
4198vms VMS version of Vim.
4199vreplace Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
4200wildignore Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
4201wildmenu Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
4202windows Compiled with support for more than one window.
4203winaltkeys Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
4204win16 Win16 version of Vim (MS-Windows 3.1).
4205win32 Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP).
4206win64 Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
4207win32unix Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
4208win95 Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME.
4209writebackup Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
4210xfontset Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
4211xim Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
4212xsmp Compiled with X session management support.
4213xsmp_interact Compiled with interactive X session management support.
4214xterm_clipboard Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
4215xterm_save Compiled with support for saving and restoring the
4216 xterm screen.
4217x11 Compiled with X11 support.
4218
4219 *string-match*
4220Matching a pattern in a String
4221
4222A regexp pattern as explained at |pattern| is normally used to find a match in
4223the buffer lines. When a pattern is used to find a match in a String, almost
4224everything works in the same way. The difference is that a String is handled
4225like it is one line. When it contains a "\n" character, this is not seen as a
4226line break for the pattern. It can be matched with a "\n" in the pattern, or
4227with ".". Example: >
4228 :let a = "aaaa\nxxxx"
4229 :echo matchstr(a, "..\n..")
4230 aa
4231 xx
4232 :echo matchstr(a, "a.x")
4233 a
4234 x
4235
4236Don't forget that "^" will only match at the first character of the String and
4237"$" at the last character of the string. They don't match after or before a
4238"\n".
4239
4240==============================================================================
42415. Defining functions *user-functions*
4242
4243New functions can be defined. These can be called just like builtin
4244functions. The function executes a sequence of Ex commands. Normal mode
4245commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.
4246
4247The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
4248builtin functions. To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
4249avoid obvious, short names. A good habit is to start the function name with
4250the name of the script, e.g., "HTMLcolor()".
4251
4252It's also possible to use curly braces, see |curly-braces-names|.
4253
4254 *local-function*
4255A function local to a script must start with "s:". A local script function
4256can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands
4257and autocommands defined in the script. It is also possible to call the
4258function from a mappings defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used
4259instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script.
4260
4261 *:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
4262:fu[nction] List all functions and their arguments.
4263
4264:fu[nction] {name} List function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004265 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4266 Funcref: >
4267 :function dict.init
4268< *E124* *E125*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004269:fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004270 Define a new function by the name {name}. The name
4271 must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
4272 must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004273
4274 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4275 Funcref: >
4276 :function dict.init(arg)
4277< "dict" must be an existing dictionary. The entry
4278 "init" is added if it didn't exist yet. Otherwise [!]
4279 is required to overwrite an existing function. The
4280 result is a |Funcref| to a numbered function. The
4281 function can only be used with a |Funcref| and will be
4282 deleted if there are no more references to it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004283 *E127* *E122*
4284 When a function by this name already exists and [!] is
4285 not used an error message is given. When [!] is used,
4286 an existing function is silently replaced. Unless it
4287 is currently being executed, that is an error.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004288
4289 For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
4290
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004291 *a:firstline* *a:lastline*
4292 When the [range] argument is added, the function is
4293 expected to take care of a range itself. The range is
4294 passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline". If [range]
4295 is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
4296 each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
4297 of each line. See |function-range-example|.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004298
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004299 When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
4300 abort as soon as an error is detected.
4301 The last used search pattern and the redo command "."
4302 will not be changed by the function.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004303
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004304 When the [dict] argument is added, the function must
4305 be invoked through an entry in a Dictionary. The
4306 local variable "self" will then be set to the
4307 dictionary. See |Dictionary-function|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004308
4309 *:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193*
4310:endf[unction] The end of a function definition. Must be on a line
4311 by its own, without other commands.
4312
4313 *:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131*
4314:delf[unction] {name} Delete function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004315 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4316 Funcref: >
4317 :delfunc dict.init
4318< This will remove the "init" entry from "dict". The
4319 function is deleted if there are no more references to
4320 it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004321 *:retu* *:return* *E133*
4322:retu[rn] [expr] Return from a function. When "[expr]" is given, it is
4323 evaluated and returned as the result of the function.
4324 If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
4325 When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
4326 the number 0 is returned.
4327 Note that there is no check for unreachable lines,
4328 thus there is no warning if commands follow ":return".
4329
4330 If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
4331 matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
4332 following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
4333 are executed first. This process applies to all
4334 nested ":try"s inside the function. The function
4335 returns at the outermost ":endtry".
4336
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004337 *function-argument* *a:var*
4338An argument can be defined by giving its name. In the function this can then
4339be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument).
4340 *a:0* *a:1* *a:000* *E740*
4341Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas. After the named
4342arguments an argument "..." can be specified, which means that more arguments
4343may optionally be following. In the function the extra arguments can be used
4344as "a:1", "a:2", etc. "a:0" is set to the number of extra arguments (which
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004345can be 0). "a:000" is set to a List that contains these arguments. Note that
4346"a:1" is the same as "a:000[0]".
4347 *E742*
4348The a: scope and the variables in it cannot be changed, they are fixed.
4349However, if a List or Dictionary is used, you can changes their contents.
4350Thus you can pass a List to a function and have the function add an item to
4351it. If you want to make sure the function cannot change a List or Dictionary
4352use |:lockvar|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004353
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004354When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be equal
4355to the number of named arguments. When using "...", the number of arguments
4356may be larger.
4357
4358It is also possible to define a function without any arguments. You must
4359still supply the () then. The body of the function follows in the next lines,
4360until the matching |:endfunction|. It is allowed to define another function
4361inside a function body.
4362
4363 *local-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004364Inside a function variables can be used. These are local variables, which
4365will disappear when the function returns. Global variables need to be
4366accessed with "g:".
4367
4368Example: >
4369 :function Table(title, ...)
4370 : echohl Title
4371 : echo a:title
4372 : echohl None
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004373 : echo a:0 . " items:"
4374 : for s in a:000
4375 : echon ' ' . s
4376 : endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004377 :endfunction
4378
4379This function can then be called with: >
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004380 call Table("Table", "line1", "line2")
4381 call Table("Empty Table")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004382
4383To return more than one value, pass the name of a global variable: >
4384 :function Compute(n1, n2, divname)
4385 : if a:n2 == 0
4386 : return "fail"
4387 : endif
4388 : let g:{a:divname} = a:n1 / a:n2
4389 : return "ok"
4390 :endfunction
4391
4392This function can then be called with: >
4393 :let success = Compute(13, 1324, "div")
4394 :if success == "ok"
4395 : echo div
4396 :endif
4397
4398An alternative is to return a command that can be executed. This also works
4399with local variables in a calling function. Example: >
4400 :function Foo()
4401 : execute Bar()
4402 : echo "line " . lnum . " column " . col
4403 :endfunction
4404
4405 :function Bar()
4406 : return "let lnum = " . line(".") . " | let col = " . col(".")
4407 :endfunction
4408
4409The names "lnum" and "col" could also be passed as argument to Bar(), to allow
4410the caller to set the names.
4411
4412 *:cal* *:call* *E107*
4413:[range]cal[l] {name}([arguments])
4414 Call a function. The name of the function and its arguments
4415 are as specified with |:function|. Up to 20 arguments can be
4416 used.
4417 Without a range and for functions that accept a range, the
4418 function is called once. When a range is given the cursor is
4419 positioned at the start of the first line before executing the
4420 function.
4421 When a range is given and the function doesn't handle it
4422 itself, the function is executed for each line in the range,
4423 with the cursor in the first column of that line. The cursor
4424 is left at the last line (possibly moved by the last function
4425 call). The arguments are re-evaluated for each line. Thus
4426 this works:
4427 *function-range-example* >
4428 :function Mynumber(arg)
4429 : echo line(".") . " " . a:arg
4430 :endfunction
4431 :1,5call Mynumber(getline("."))
4432<
4433 The "a:firstline" and "a:lastline" are defined anyway, they
4434 can be used to do something different at the start or end of
4435 the range.
4436
4437 Example of a function that handles the range itself: >
4438
4439 :function Cont() range
4440 : execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ '
4441 :endfunction
4442 :4,8call Cont()
4443<
4444 This function inserts the continuation character "\" in front
4445 of all the lines in the range, except the first one.
4446
4447 *E132*
4448The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'|
4449option.
4450
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004451
4452AUTOMATICALLY LOADING FUNCTIONS ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004453 *autoload-functions*
4454When using many or large functions, it's possible to automatically define them
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004455only when they are used. There are two methods: with an autocommand and with
4456the "autoload" directory in 'runtimepath'.
4457
4458
4459Using an autocommand ~
4460
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004461This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.14|.
4462
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004463The autocommand is useful if you have a plugin that is a long Vim script file.
4464You can define the autocommand and quickly quit the script with |:finish|.
4465That makes Vim startup faster. The autocommand should then load the same file
4466again, setting a variable to skip the |:finish| command.
4467
4468Use the FuncUndefined autocommand event with a pattern that matches the
4469function(s) to be defined. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004470
4471 :au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim
4472
4473The file "~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim" should then define functions that start with
4474"BufNet". Also see |FuncUndefined|.
4475
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004476
4477Using an autoload script ~
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004478 *autoload* *E746*
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004479This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.15|.
4480
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004481Using a script in the "autoload" directory is simpler, but requires using
4482exactly the right file name. A function that can be autoloaded has a name
4483like this: >
4484
4485 :call filename:funcname()
4486
4487When such a function is called, and it is not defined yet, Vim will search the
4488"autoload" directories in 'runtimepath' for a script file called
4489"filename.vim". For example "~/.vim/autoload/filename.vim". That file should
4490then define the function like this: >
4491
4492 function filename:funcname()
4493 echo "Done!"
4494 endfunction
4495
4496The file name and the name used before the colon in the function must match
4497exactly, and the defined function must have the name exactly as it will be
4498called.
4499
4500It is possible to use subdirectories. Every colon in the function name works
4501like a path separator. Thus when calling a function: >
4502
4503 :call foo:bar:func()
4504
4505Vim will look for the file "autoload/foo/bar.vim" in 'runtimepath'.
4506
4507The name before the first colon must be at least two characters long,
4508otherwise it looks like a scope, such as "s:".
4509
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004510This also works when reading a variable that has not been set yet: >
4511
4512 :let l = foo:bar:lvar
4513
4514When assigning a value to such a variable nothing special happens. This can
4515be used to pass settings to the autoload script before it's loaded: >
4516
4517 :let foo:bar:toggle = 1
4518 :call foo:bar:func()
4519
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00004520Note that when you make a mistake and call a function that is supposed to be
4521defined in an autoload script, but the script doesn't actually define the
4522function, the script will be sourced every time you try to call the function.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004523And you will get an error message every time.
4524
4525Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
4526other and vise versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
4527Avoid using the autoload functionality at the toplevel.
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004528
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004529==============================================================================
45306. Curly braces names *curly-braces-names*
4531
4532Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable.
4533This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces
4534{} like this: >
4535 my_{adjective}_variable
4536
4537When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts
4538that in place of the expression, and re-interprets the whole as a variable
4539name. So in the above example, if the variable "adjective" was set to
4540"noisy", then the reference would be to "my_noisy_variable", whereas if
4541"adjective" was set to "quiet", then it would be to "my_quiet_variable".
4542
4543One application for this is to create a set of variables governed by an option
4544value. For example, the statement >
4545 echo my_{&background}_message
4546
4547would output the contents of "my_dark_message" or "my_light_message" depending
4548on the current value of 'background'.
4549
4550You can use multiple brace pairs: >
4551 echo my_{adverb}_{adjective}_message
4552..or even nest them: >
4553 echo my_{ad{end_of_word}}_message
4554where "end_of_word" is either "verb" or "jective".
4555
4556However, the expression inside the braces must evaluate to a valid single
4557variable name. e.g. this is invalid: >
4558 :let foo='a + b'
4559 :echo c{foo}d
4560.. since the result of expansion is "ca + bd", which is not a variable name.
4561
4562 *curly-braces-function-names*
4563You can call and define functions by an evaluated name in a similar way.
4564Example: >
4565 :let func_end='whizz'
4566 :call my_func_{func_end}(parameter)
4567
4568This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
4569
4570==============================================================================
45717. Commands *expression-commands*
4572
4573:let {var-name} = {expr1} *:let* *E18*
4574 Set internal variable {var-name} to the result of the
4575 expression {expr1}. The variable will get the type
4576 from the {expr}. If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it
4577 is created.
4578
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00004579:let {var-name}[{idx}] = {expr1} *E689*
4580 Set a list item to the result of the expression
4581 {expr1}. {var-name} must refer to a list and {idx}
4582 must be a valid index in that list. For nested list
4583 the index can be repeated.
4584 This cannot be used to add an item to a list.
4585
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004586 *E711* *E719*
4587:let {var-name}[{idx1}:{idx2}] = {expr1} *E708* *E709* *E710*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004588 Set a sequence of items in a List to the result of the
4589 expression {expr1}, which must be a list with the
4590 correct number of items.
4591 {idx1} can be omitted, zero is used instead.
4592 {idx2} can be omitted, meaning the end of the list.
4593 When the selected range of items is partly past the
4594 end of the list, items will be added.
4595
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004596 *:let+=* *:let-=* *:let.=* *E734*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004597:let {var} += {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} + {expr1}".
4598:let {var} -= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} - {expr1}".
4599:let {var} .= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} . {expr1}".
4600 These fail if {var} was not set yet and when the type
4601 of {var} and {expr1} don't fit the operator.
4602
4603
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004604:let ${env-name} = {expr1} *:let-environment* *:let-$*
4605 Set environment variable {env-name} to the result of
4606 the expression {expr1}. The type is always String.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004607:let ${env-name} .= {expr1}
4608 Append {expr1} to the environment variable {env-name}.
4609 If the environment variable didn't exist yet this
4610 works like "=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004611
4612:let @{reg-name} = {expr1} *:let-register* *:let-@*
4613 Write the result of the expression {expr1} in register
4614 {reg-name}. {reg-name} must be a single letter, and
4615 must be the name of a writable register (see
4616 |registers|). "@@" can be used for the unnamed
4617 register, "@/" for the search pattern.
4618 If the result of {expr1} ends in a <CR> or <NL>, the
4619 register will be linewise, otherwise it will be set to
4620 characterwise.
4621 This can be used to clear the last search pattern: >
4622 :let @/ = ""
4623< This is different from searching for an empty string,
4624 that would match everywhere.
4625
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004626:let @{reg-name} .= {expr1}
4627 Append {expr1} to register {reg-name}. If the
4628 register was empty it's like setting it to {expr1}.
4629
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004630:let &{option-name} = {expr1} *:let-option* *:let-star*
4631 Set option {option-name} to the result of the
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004632 expression {expr1}. A String or Number value is
4633 always converted to the type of the option.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004634 For an option local to a window or buffer the effect
4635 is just like using the |:set| command: both the local
4636 value and the global value is changed.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004637 Example: >
4638 :let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004639
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004640:let &{option-name} .= {expr1}
4641 For a string option: Append {expr1} to the value.
4642 Does not insert a comma like |:set+=|.
4643
4644:let &{option-name} += {expr1}
4645:let &{option-name} -= {expr1}
4646 For a number or boolean option: Add or subtract
4647 {expr1}.
4648
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004649:let &l:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004650:let &l:{option-name} .= {expr1}
4651:let &l:{option-name} += {expr1}
4652:let &l:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004653 Like above, but only set the local value of an option
4654 (if there is one). Works like |:setlocal|.
4655
4656:let &g:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004657:let &g:{option-name} .= {expr1}
4658:let &g:{option-name} += {expr1}
4659:let &g:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004660 Like above, but only set the global value of an option
4661 (if there is one). Works like |:setglobal|.
4662
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00004663:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1} *:let-unpack* *E687* *E688*
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004664 {expr1} must evaluate to a List. The first item in
4665 the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to
4666 {name2}, etc.
4667 The number of names must match the number of items in
4668 the List.
4669 Each name can be one of the items of the ":let"
4670 command as mentioned above.
4671 Example: >
4672 :let [s, item] = GetItem(s)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004673< Detail: {expr1} is evaluated first, then the
4674 assignments are done in sequence. This matters if
4675 {name2} depends on {name1}. Example: >
4676 :let x = [0, 1]
4677 :let i = 0
4678 :let [i, x[i]] = [1, 2]
4679 :echo x
4680< The result is [0, 2].
4681
4682:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] .= {expr1}
4683:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] += {expr1}
4684:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] -= {expr1}
4685 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
4686 List item.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004687
4688:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004689 Like |:let-unpack| above, but the List may have more
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004690 items than there are names. A list of the remaining
4691 items is assigned to {lastname}. If there are no
4692 remaining items {lastname} is set to an empty list.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004693 Example: >
4694 :let [a, b; rest] = ["aval", "bval", 3, 4]
4695<
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004696:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] .= {expr1}
4697:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] += {expr1}
4698:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] -= {expr1}
4699 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
4700 List item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004701 *E106*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004702:let {var-name} .. List the value of variable {var-name}. Multiple
Bram Moolenaardcaf10e2005-01-21 11:55:25 +00004703 variable names may be given. Special names recognized
4704 here: *E738*
4705 g: global variables.
4706 b: local buffer variables.
4707 w: local window variables.
4708 v: Vim variables.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004709
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004710:let List the values of all variables. The type of the
4711 variable is indicated before the value:
4712 <nothing> String
4713 # Number
4714 * Funcref
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004715
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004716
4717:unl[et][!] {name} ... *:unlet* *:unl* *E108*
4718 Remove the internal variable {name}. Several variable
4719 names can be given, they are all removed. The name
4720 may also be a List or Dictionary item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004721 With [!] no error message is given for non-existing
4722 variables.
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +00004723 One or more items from a List can be removed: >
4724 :unlet list[3] " remove fourth item
4725 :unlet list[3:] " remove fourth item to last
4726< One item from a Dictionary can be removed at a time: >
4727 :unlet dict['two']
4728 :unlet dict.two
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004729
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004730:lockv[ar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:lockvar* *:lockv*
4731 Lock the internal variable {name}. Locking means that
4732 it can no longer be changed (until it is unlocked).
4733 A locked variable can be deleted: >
4734 :lockvar v
4735 :let v = 'asdf' " fails!
4736 :unlet v
4737< *E741*
4738 If you try to change a locked variable you get an
4739 error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
4740
4741 [depth] is relevant when locking a List or Dictionary.
4742 It specifies how deep the locking goes:
4743 1 Lock the List or Dictionary itself,
4744 cannot add or remove items, but can
4745 still change their values.
4746 2 Also lock the values, cannot change
4747 the items. If an item is a List or
4748 Dictionary, cannot add or remove
4749 items, but can still change the
4750 values.
4751 3 Like 2 but for the List/Dictionary in
4752 the List/Dictionary, one level deeper.
4753 The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a List
4754 or Dictionary the values cannot be changed.
4755 *E743*
4756 For unlimited depth use [!] and omit [depth].
4757 However, there is a maximum depth of 100 to catch
4758 loops.
4759
4760 Note that when two variables refer to the same List
4761 and you lock one of them, the List will also be locked
4762 when used through the other variable. Example: >
4763 :let l = [0, 1, 2, 3]
4764 :let cl = l
4765 :lockvar l
4766 :let cl[1] = 99 " won't work!
4767< You may want to make a copy of a list to avoid this.
4768 See |deepcopy()|.
4769
4770
4771:unlo[ckvar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:unlockvar* *:unlo*
4772 Unlock the internal variable {name}. Does the
4773 opposite of |:lockvar|.
4774
4775
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004776:if {expr1} *:if* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
4777:en[dif] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
4778 or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
4779
4780 From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in
4781 between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored. These two
4782 commands were just to allow for future expansions in a
4783 backwards compatible way. Nesting was allowed. Note
4784 that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else"
4785 part was not executed either.
4786
4787 You can use this to remain compatible with older
4788 versions: >
4789 :if version >= 500
4790 : version-5-specific-commands
4791 :endif
4792< The commands still need to be parsed to find the
4793 "endif". Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
4794 new command. For example, ":silent" is recognized as
4795 a ":substitute" command. In that case ":execute" can
4796 avoid problems: >
4797 :if version >= 600
4798 : execute "silent 1,$delete"
4799 :endif
4800<
4801 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
4802 properly in between ":if" and ":endif".
4803
4804 *:else* *:el* *E581* *E583*
4805:el[se] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
4806 or ":endif" if they previously were not being
4807 executed.
4808
4809 *:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584*
4810:elsei[f] {expr1} Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there
4811 is no extra ":endif".
4812
4813:wh[ile] {expr1} *:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004814 *E170* *E585* *E588* *E733*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004815:endw[hile] Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile",
4816 as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
4817 When an error is detected from a command inside the
4818 loop, execution continues after the "endwhile".
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00004819 Example: >
4820 :let lnum = 1
4821 :while lnum <= line("$")
4822 :call FixLine(lnum)
4823 :let lnum = lnum + 1
4824 :endwhile
4825<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004826 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004827 properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004828
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004829:for {var} in {list} *:for* *E690* *E732*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00004830:endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor*
4831 Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00004832 each item in {list}. Variable {var} is set to the
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00004833 value of each item.
4834 When an error is detected for a command inside the
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00004835 loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00004836 Changing {list} affects what items are used. Make a
4837 copy if this is unwanted: >
4838 :for item in copy(mylist)
4839< When not making a copy, Vim stores a reference to the
4840 next item in the list, before executing the commands
4841 with the current item. Thus the current item can be
4842 removed without effect. Removing any later item means
4843 it will not be found. Thus the following example
4844 works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): >
4845 :for item in mylist
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00004846 :call remove(mylist, 0)
4847 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004848< Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or
4849 reverse()) may have unexpected effects.
4850 Note that the type of each list item should be
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00004851 identical to avoid errors for the type of {var}
4852 changing. Unlet the variable at the end of the loop
4853 to allow multiple item types.
4854
4855:for {var} in {string}
4856:endfo[r] Like ":for" above, but use each character in {string}
4857 as a list item.
4858 Composing characters are used as separate characters.
4859 A Number is first converted to a String.
4860
4861:for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
4862:endfo[r]
4863 Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
4864 a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
4865 {var2}, etc. Example: >
4866 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]]
4867 :echo getline(lnum)[col]
4868 :endfor
4869<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004870 *:continue* *:con* *E586*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00004871:con[tinue] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back
4872 to the start of the loop.
4873 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
4874 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
4875 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
4876 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
4877 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
4878 ":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004879
4880 *:break* *:brea* *E587*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00004881:brea[k] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to
4882 the command after the matching ":endwhile" or
4883 ":endfor".
4884 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
4885 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
4886 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
4887 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
4888 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
4889 ":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004890
4891:try *:try* *:endt* *:endtry* *E600* *E601* *E602*
4892:endt[ry] Change the error handling for the commands between
4893 ":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
4894 executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
4895 or autocommand invocations.
4896
4897 When an error or interrupt is detected and there is
4898 a |:finally| command following, execution continues
4899 after the ":finally". Otherwise, or when the
4900 ":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
4901 (dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
4902 a corresponding ":finally" etc. Then the script
4903 processing is terminated. (Whether a function
4904 definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.)
4905 Example: >
4906 :try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry
4907 :echo "impossible" " not reached, script terminated above
4908<
4909 Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
4910 ":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception. It
4911 can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw|
4912 command (see |:catch|). In this case, the script
4913 processing is not terminated.
4914
4915 The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt
4916 exception. An error in a Vim command is converted
4917 to a value of the form "Vim({command}):{errmsg}",
4918 other errors are converted to a value of the form
4919 "Vim:{errmsg}". {command} is the full command name,
4920 and {errmsg} is the message that is displayed if the
4921 error exception is not caught, always beginning with
4922 the error number.
4923 Examples: >
4924 :try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
4925 :try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
4926<
4927 *:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
4928:cat[ch] /{pattern}/ The following commands until the next ":catch",
4929 |:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
4930 |:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
4931 matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
4932 been caught by a previous ":catch". Otherwise, these
4933 commands are skipped.
4934 When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
4935 Examples: >
4936 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C)
4937 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors
4938 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts
4939 :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write
4940 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/ " catch error E123
4941 :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception
4942 :catch /.*/ " catch everything
4943 :catch " same as /.*/
4944<
4945 Another character can be used instead of / around the
4946 {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
4947 meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
4948 {pattern}.
4949 NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
4950 an error message because it may vary in different
4951 locales.
4952
4953 *:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607*
4954:fina[lly] The following commands until the matching |:endtry|
4955 are executed whenever the part between the matching
4956 |:try| and the ":finally" is left: either by falling
4957 through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|,
4958 |:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
4959 interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
4960
4961 *:th* *:throw* *E608*
4962:th[row] {expr1} The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
4963 If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
4964 first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
4965 until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached.
4966 If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is
4967 used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the
4968 commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to
4969 the matching |:endtry| are executed. If the ":throw"
4970 is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry"
4971 are skipped. At the ":endtry", this process applies
4972 again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try"
4973 (which may be found in a calling function or sourcing
4974 script), until a matching ":catch" has been found.
4975 If the exception is not caught, the command processing
4976 is terminated.
4977 Example: >
4978 :try | throw "oops" | catch /^oo/ | echo "caught" | endtry
4979<
4980
4981 *:ec* *:echo*
4982:ec[ho] {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between. The
4983 first {expr1} starts on a new line.
4984 Also see |:comment|.
4985 Use "\n" to start a new line. Use "\r" to move the
4986 cursor to the first column.
4987 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
4988 Cannot be followed by a comment.
4989 Example: >
4990 :echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell
4991< A later redraw may make the message disappear again.
4992 To avoid that a command from before the ":echo" causes
4993 a redraw afterwards (redraws are often postponed until
4994 you type something), force a redraw with the |:redraw|
4995 command. Example: >
4996 :new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
4997<
4998 *:echon*
4999:echon {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added. Also see
5000 |:comment|.
5001 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5002 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5003 Example: >
5004 :echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell
5005<
5006 Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a
5007 Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell
5008 command: >
5009 :!echo % --> filename
5010< The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. >
5011 :!echo "%" --> filename or "filename"
5012< Like the previous example. Whether you see the double
5013 quotes or not depends on your 'shell'. >
5014 :echo % --> nothing
5015< The '%' is an illegal character in an expression. >
5016 :echo "%" --> %
5017< This just echoes the '%' character. >
5018 :echo expand("%") --> filename
5019< This calls the expand() function to expand the '%'.
5020
5021 *:echoh* *:echohl*
5022:echoh[l] {name} Use the highlight group {name} for the following
5023 |:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands. Also used
5024 for the |input()| prompt. Example: >
5025 :echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None
5026< Don't forget to set the group back to "None",
5027 otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
5028
5029 *:echom* *:echomsg*
5030:echom[sg] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
5031 message in the |message-history|.
5032 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5033 |:echo| command. But unprintable characters are
5034 displayed, not interpreted.
5035 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5036 Example: >
5037 :echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see."
5038<
5039 *:echoe* *:echoerr*
5040:echoe[rr] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the
5041 message in the |message-history|. When used in a
5042 script or function the line number will be added.
5043 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5044 :echo command. When used inside a try conditional,
5045 the message is raised as an error exception instead
5046 (see |try-echoerr|).
5047 Example: >
5048 :echoerr "This script just failed!"
5049< If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|.
5050 And to get a beep: >
5051 :exe "normal \<Esc>"
5052<
5053 *:exe* *:execute*
5054:exe[cute] {expr1} .. Executes the string that results from the evaluation
5055 of {expr1} as an Ex command. Multiple arguments are
5056 concatenated, with a space in between. {expr1} is
5057 used as the processed command, command line editing
5058 keys are not recognized.
5059 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5060 Examples: >
5061 :execute "buffer " nextbuf
5062 :execute "normal " count . "w"
5063<
5064 ":execute" can be used to append a command to commands
5065 that don't accept a '|'. Example: >
5066 :execute '!ls' | echo "theend"
5067
5068< ":execute" is also a nice way to avoid having to type
5069 control characters in a Vim script for a ":normal"
5070 command: >
5071 :execute "normal ixxx\<Esc>"
5072< This has an <Esc> character, see |expr-string|.
5073
5074 Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005075 you cannot start or end a "while", "for" or "if"
5076 command. Thus this is illegal: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005077 :execute 'while i > 5'
5078 :execute 'echo "test" | break'
5079<
5080 It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command
5081 completely in the executed string: >
5082 :execute 'while i < 5 | echo i | let i = i + 1 | endwhile'
5083<
5084
5085 *:comment*
5086 ":execute", ":echo" and ":echon" cannot be followed by
5087 a comment directly, because they see the '"' as the
5088 start of a string. But, you can use '|' followed by a
5089 comment. Example: >
5090 :echo "foo" | "this is a comment
5091
5092==============================================================================
50938. Exception handling *exception-handling*
5094
5095The Vim script language comprises an exception handling feature. This section
5096explains how it can be used in a Vim script.
5097
5098Exceptions may be raised by Vim on an error or on interrupt, see
5099|catch-errors| and |catch-interrupt|. You can also explicitly throw an
5100exception by using the ":throw" command, see |throw-catch|.
5101
5102
5103TRY CONDITIONALS *try-conditionals*
5104
5105Exceptions can be caught or can cause cleanup code to be executed. You can
5106use a try conditional to specify catch clauses (that catch exceptions) and/or
5107a finally clause (to be executed for cleanup).
5108 A try conditional begins with a |:try| command and ends at the matching
5109|:endtry| command. In between, you can use a |:catch| command to start
5110a catch clause, or a |:finally| command to start a finally clause. There may
5111be none or multiple catch clauses, but there is at most one finally clause,
5112which must not be followed by any catch clauses. The lines before the catch
5113clauses and the finally clause is called a try block. >
5114
5115 :try
5116 : ...
5117 : ... TRY BLOCK
5118 : ...
5119 :catch /{pattern}/
5120 : ...
5121 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5122 : ...
5123 :catch /{pattern}/
5124 : ...
5125 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5126 : ...
5127 :finally
5128 : ...
5129 : ... FINALLY CLAUSE
5130 : ...
5131 :endtry
5132
5133The try conditional allows to watch code for exceptions and to take the
5134appropriate actions. Exceptions from the try block may be caught. Exceptions
5135from the try block and also the catch clauses may cause cleanup actions.
5136 When no exception is thrown during execution of the try block, the control
5137is transferred to the finally clause, if present. After its execution, the
5138script continues with the line following the ":endtry".
5139 When an exception occurs during execution of the try block, the remaining
5140lines in the try block are skipped. The exception is matched against the
5141patterns specified as arguments to the ":catch" commands. The catch clause
5142after the first matching ":catch" is taken, other catch clauses are not
5143executed. The catch clause ends when the next ":catch", ":finally", or
5144":endtry" command is reached - whatever is first. Then, the finally clause
5145(if present) is executed. When the ":endtry" is reached, the script execution
5146continues in the following line as usual.
5147 When an exception that does not match any of the patterns specified by the
5148":catch" commands is thrown in the try block, the exception is not caught by
5149that try conditional and none of the catch clauses is executed. Only the
5150finally clause, if present, is taken. The exception pends during execution of
5151the finally clause. It is resumed at the ":endtry", so that commands after
5152the ":endtry" are not executed and the exception might be caught elsewhere,
5153see |try-nesting|.
5154 When during execution of a catch clause another exception is thrown, the
5155remaining lines in that catch clause are not executed. The new exception is
5156not matched against the patterns in any of the ":catch" commands of the same
5157try conditional and none of its catch clauses is taken. If there is, however,
5158a finally clause, it is executed, and the exception pends during its
5159execution. The commands following the ":endtry" are not executed. The new
5160exception might, however, be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5161 When during execution of the finally clause (if present) an exception is
5162thrown, the remaining lines in the finally clause are skipped. If the finally
5163clause has been taken because of an exception from the try block or one of the
5164catch clauses, the original (pending) exception is discarded. The commands
5165following the ":endtry" are not executed, and the exception from the finally
5166clause is propagated and can be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5167
5168The finally clause is also executed, when a ":break" or ":continue" for
5169a ":while" loop enclosing the complete try conditional is executed from the
5170try block or a catch clause. Or when a ":return" or ":finish" is executed
5171from the try block or a catch clause of a try conditional in a function or
5172sourced script, respectively. The ":break", ":continue", ":return", or
5173":finish" pends during execution of the finally clause and is resumed when the
5174":endtry" is reached. It is, however, discarded when an exception is thrown
5175from the finally clause.
5176 When a ":break" or ":continue" for a ":while" loop enclosing the complete
5177try conditional or when a ":return" or ":finish" is encountered in the finally
5178clause, the rest of the finally clause is skipped, and the ":break",
5179":continue", ":return" or ":finish" is executed as usual. If the finally
5180clause has been taken because of an exception or an earlier ":break",
5181":continue", ":return", or ":finish" from the try block or a catch clause,
5182this pending exception or command is discarded.
5183
5184For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
5185
5186
5187NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS *try-nesting*
5188
5189Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. That is, a complete try
5190conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally
5191clause of another try conditional. If the inner try conditional does not
5192catch an exception thrown in its try block or throws a new exception from one
5193of its catch clauses or its finally clause, the outer try conditional is
5194checked according to the rules above. If the inner try conditional is in the
5195try block of the outer try conditional, its catch clauses are checked, but
5196otherwise only the finally clause is executed. It does not matter for
5197nesting, whether the inner try conditional is directly contained in the outer
5198one, or whether the outer one sources a script or calls a function containing
5199the inner try conditional.
5200
5201When none of the active try conditionals catches an exception, just their
5202finally clauses are executed. Thereafter, the script processing terminates.
5203An error message is displayed in case of an uncaught exception explicitly
5204thrown by a ":throw" command. For uncaught error and interrupt exceptions
5205implicitly raised by Vim, the error message(s) or interrupt message are shown
5206as usual.
5207
5208For examples see |throw-catch|.
5209
5210
5211EXAMINING EXCEPTION HANDLING CODE *except-examine*
5212
5213Exception handling code can get tricky. If you are in doubt what happens, set
5214'verbose' to 13 or use the ":13verbose" command modifier when sourcing your
5215script file. Then you see when an exception is thrown, discarded, caught, or
5216finished. When using a verbosity level of at least 14, things pending in
5217a finally clause are also shown. This information is also given in debug mode
5218(see |debug-scripts|).
5219
5220
5221THROWING AND CATCHING EXCEPTIONS *throw-catch*
5222
5223You can throw any number or string as an exception. Use the |:throw| command
5224and pass the value to be thrown as argument: >
5225 :throw 4711
5226 :throw "string"
5227< *throw-expression*
5228You can also specify an expression argument. The expression is then evaluated
5229first, and the result is thrown: >
5230 :throw 4705 + strlen("string")
5231 :throw strpart("strings", 0, 6)
5232
5233An exception might be thrown during evaluation of the argument of the ":throw"
5234command. Unless it is caught there, the expression evaluation is abandoned.
5235The ":throw" command then does not throw a new exception.
5236 Example: >
5237
5238 :function! Foo(arg)
5239 : try
5240 : throw a:arg
5241 : catch /foo/
5242 : endtry
5243 : return 1
5244 :endfunction
5245 :
5246 :function! Bar()
5247 : echo "in Bar"
5248 : return 4710
5249 :endfunction
5250 :
5251 :throw Foo("arrgh") + Bar()
5252
5253This throws "arrgh", and "in Bar" is not displayed since Bar() is not
5254executed. >
5255 :throw Foo("foo") + Bar()
5256however displays "in Bar" and throws 4711.
5257
5258Any other command that takes an expression as argument might also be
5259abandoned by an (uncaught) exception during the expression evaluation. The
5260exception is then propagated to the caller of the command.
5261 Example: >
5262
5263 :if Foo("arrgh")
5264 : echo "then"
5265 :else
5266 : echo "else"
5267 :endif
5268
5269Here neither of "then" or "else" is displayed.
5270
5271 *catch-order*
5272Exceptions can be caught by a try conditional with one or more |:catch|
5273commands, see |try-conditionals|. The values to be caught by each ":catch"
5274command can be specified as a pattern argument. The subsequent catch clause
5275gets executed when a matching exception is caught.
5276 Example: >
5277
5278 :function! Foo(value)
5279 : try
5280 : throw a:value
5281 : catch /^\d\+$/
5282 : echo "Number thrown"
5283 : catch /.*/
5284 : echo "String thrown"
5285 : endtry
5286 :endfunction
5287 :
5288 :call Foo(0x1267)
5289 :call Foo('string')
5290
5291The first call to Foo() displays "Number thrown", the second "String thrown".
5292An exception is matched against the ":catch" commands in the order they are
5293specified. Only the first match counts. So you should place the more
5294specific ":catch" first. The following order does not make sense: >
5295
5296 : catch /.*/
5297 : echo "String thrown"
5298 : catch /^\d\+$/
5299 : echo "Number thrown"
5300
5301The first ":catch" here matches always, so that the second catch clause is
5302never taken.
5303
5304 *throw-variables*
5305If you catch an exception by a general pattern, you may access the exact value
5306in the variable |v:exception|: >
5307
5308 : catch /^\d\+$/
5309 : echo "Number thrown. Value is" v:exception
5310
5311You may also be interested where an exception was thrown. This is stored in
5312|v:throwpoint|. Note that "v:exception" and "v:throwpoint" are valid for the
5313exception most recently caught as long it is not finished.
5314 Example: >
5315
5316 :function! Caught()
5317 : if v:exception != ""
5318 : echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint
5319 : else
5320 : echo 'Nothing caught'
5321 : endif
5322 :endfunction
5323 :
5324 :function! Foo()
5325 : try
5326 : try
5327 : try
5328 : throw 4711
5329 : finally
5330 : call Caught()
5331 : endtry
5332 : catch /.*/
5333 : call Caught()
5334 : throw "oops"
5335 : endtry
5336 : catch /.*/
5337 : call Caught()
5338 : finally
5339 : call Caught()
5340 : endtry
5341 :endfunction
5342 :
5343 :call Foo()
5344
5345This displays >
5346
5347 Nothing caught
5348 Caught "4711" in function Foo, line 4
5349 Caught "oops" in function Foo, line 10
5350 Nothing caught
5351
5352A practical example: The following command ":LineNumber" displays the line
5353number in the script or function where it has been used: >
5354
5355 :function! LineNumber()
5356 : return substitute(v:throwpoint, '.*\D\(\d\+\).*', '\1', "")
5357 :endfunction
5358 :command! LineNumber try | throw "" | catch | echo LineNumber() | endtry
5359<
5360 *try-nested*
5361An exception that is not caught by a try conditional can be caught by
5362a surrounding try conditional: >
5363
5364 :try
5365 : try
5366 : throw "foo"
5367 : catch /foobar/
5368 : echo "foobar"
5369 : finally
5370 : echo "inner finally"
5371 : endtry
5372 :catch /foo/
5373 : echo "foo"
5374 :endtry
5375
5376The inner try conditional does not catch the exception, just its finally
5377clause is executed. The exception is then caught by the outer try
5378conditional. The example displays "inner finally" and then "foo".
5379
5380 *throw-from-catch*
5381You can catch an exception and throw a new one to be caught elsewhere from the
5382catch clause: >
5383
5384 :function! Foo()
5385 : throw "foo"
5386 :endfunction
5387 :
5388 :function! Bar()
5389 : try
5390 : call Foo()
5391 : catch /foo/
5392 : echo "Caught foo, throw bar"
5393 : throw "bar"
5394 : endtry
5395 :endfunction
5396 :
5397 :try
5398 : call Bar()
5399 :catch /.*/
5400 : echo "Caught" v:exception
5401 :endtry
5402
5403This displays "Caught foo, throw bar" and then "Caught bar".
5404
5405 *rethrow*
5406There is no real rethrow in the Vim script language, but you may throw
5407"v:exception" instead: >
5408
5409 :function! Bar()
5410 : try
5411 : call Foo()
5412 : catch /.*/
5413 : echo "Rethrow" v:exception
5414 : throw v:exception
5415 : endtry
5416 :endfunction
5417< *try-echoerr*
5418Note that this method cannot be used to "rethrow" Vim error or interrupt
5419exceptions, because it is not possible to fake Vim internal exceptions.
5420Trying so causes an error exception. You should throw your own exception
5421denoting the situation. If you want to cause a Vim error exception containing
5422the original error exception value, you can use the |:echoerr| command: >
5423
5424 :try
5425 : try
5426 : asdf
5427 : catch /.*/
5428 : echoerr v:exception
5429 : endtry
5430 :catch /.*/
5431 : echo v:exception
5432 :endtry
5433
5434This code displays
5435
5436 Vim(echoerr):Vim:E492: Not an editor command: asdf ~
5437
5438
5439CLEANUP CODE *try-finally*
5440
5441Scripts often change global settings and restore them at their end. If the
5442user however interrupts the script by pressing CTRL-C, the settings remain in
5443an inconsistent state. The same may happen to you in the development phase of
5444a script when an error occurs or you explicitly throw an exception without
5445catching it. You can solve these problems by using a try conditional with
5446a finally clause for restoring the settings. Its execution is guaranteed on
5447normal control flow, on error, on an explicit ":throw", and on interrupt.
5448(Note that errors and interrupts from inside the try conditional are converted
5449to exceptions. When not caught, they terminate the script after the finally
5450clause has been executed.)
5451Example: >
5452
5453 :try
5454 : let s:saved_ts = &ts
5455 : set ts=17
5456 :
5457 : " Do the hard work here.
5458 :
5459 :finally
5460 : let &ts = s:saved_ts
5461 : unlet s:saved_ts
5462 :endtry
5463
5464This method should be used locally whenever a function or part of a script
5465changes global settings which need to be restored on failure or normal exit of
5466that function or script part.
5467
5468 *break-finally*
5469Cleanup code works also when the try block or a catch clause is left by
5470a ":continue", ":break", ":return", or ":finish".
5471 Example: >
5472
5473 :let first = 1
5474 :while 1
5475 : try
5476 : if first
5477 : echo "first"
5478 : let first = 0
5479 : continue
5480 : else
5481 : throw "second"
5482 : endif
5483 : catch /.*/
5484 : echo v:exception
5485 : break
5486 : finally
5487 : echo "cleanup"
5488 : endtry
5489 : echo "still in while"
5490 :endwhile
5491 :echo "end"
5492
5493This displays "first", "cleanup", "second", "cleanup", and "end". >
5494
5495 :function! Foo()
5496 : try
5497 : return 4711
5498 : finally
5499 : echo "cleanup\n"
5500 : endtry
5501 : echo "Foo still active"
5502 :endfunction
5503 :
5504 :echo Foo() "returned by Foo"
5505
5506This displays "cleanup" and "4711 returned by Foo". You don't need to add an
5507extra ":return" in the finally clause. (Above all, this would override the
5508return value.)
5509
5510 *except-from-finally*
5511Using either of ":continue", ":break", ":return", ":finish", or ":throw" in
5512a finally clause is possible, but not recommended since it abandons the
5513cleanup actions for the try conditional. But, of course, interrupt and error
5514exceptions might get raised from a finally clause.
5515 Example where an error in the finally clause stops an interrupt from
5516working correctly: >
5517
5518 :try
5519 : try
5520 : echo "Press CTRL-C for interrupt"
5521 : while 1
5522 : endwhile
5523 : finally
5524 : unlet novar
5525 : endtry
5526 :catch /novar/
5527 :endtry
5528 :echo "Script still running"
5529 :sleep 1
5530
5531If you need to put commands that could fail into a finally clause, you should
5532think about catching or ignoring the errors in these commands, see
5533|catch-errors| and |ignore-errors|.
5534
5535
5536CATCHING ERRORS *catch-errors*
5537
5538If you want to catch specific errors, you just have to put the code to be
5539watched in a try block and add a catch clause for the error message. The
5540presence of the try conditional causes all errors to be converted to an
5541exception. No message is displayed and |v:errmsg| is not set then. To find
5542the right pattern for the ":catch" command, you have to know how the format of
5543the error exception is.
5544 Error exceptions have the following format: >
5545
5546 Vim({cmdname}):{errmsg}
5547or >
5548 Vim:{errmsg}
5549
5550{cmdname} is the name of the command that failed; the second form is used when
5551the command name is not known. {errmsg} is the error message usually produced
5552when the error occurs outside try conditionals. It always begins with
5553a capital "E", followed by a two or three-digit error number, a colon, and
5554a space.
5555
5556Examples:
5557
5558The command >
5559 :unlet novar
5560normally produces the error message >
5561 E108: No such variable: "novar"
5562which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5563 Vim(unlet):E108: No such variable: "novar"
5564
5565The command >
5566 :dwim
5567normally produces the error message >
5568 E492: Not an editor command: dwim
5569which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5570 Vim:E492: Not an editor command: dwim
5571
5572You can catch all ":unlet" errors by a >
5573 :catch /^Vim(unlet):/
5574or all errors for misspelled command names by a >
5575 :catch /^Vim:E492:/
5576
5577Some error messages may be produced by different commands: >
5578 :function nofunc
5579and >
5580 :delfunction nofunc
5581both produce the error message >
5582 E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5583which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5584 Vim(function):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5585or >
5586 Vim(delfunction):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5587respectively. You can catch the error by its number independently on the
5588command that caused it if you use the following pattern: >
5589 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E128:/
5590
5591Some commands like >
5592 :let x = novar
5593produce multiple error messages, here: >
5594 E121: Undefined variable: novar
5595 E15: Invalid expression: novar
5596Only the first is used for the exception value, since it is the most specific
5597one (see |except-several-errors|). So you can catch it by >
5598 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E121:/
5599
5600You can catch all errors related to the name "nofunc" by >
5601 :catch /\<nofunc\>/
5602
5603You can catch all Vim errors in the ":write" and ":read" commands by >
5604 :catch /^Vim(\(write\|read\)):E\d\+:/
5605
5606You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
5607 :catch /^Vim\((\a\+)\)\=:E\d\+:/
5608<
5609 *catch-text*
5610NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
5611 :catch /No such variable/
5612only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
5613a different language by the |:language| command. It is however helpful to
5614cite the message text in a comment: >
5615 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/ " No such variable
5616
5617
5618IGNORING ERRORS *ignore-errors*
5619
5620You can ignore errors in a specific Vim command by catching them locally: >
5621
5622 :try
5623 : write
5624 :catch
5625 :endtry
5626
5627But you are strongly recommended NOT to use this simple form, since it could
5628catch more than you want. With the ":write" command, some autocommands could
5629be executed and cause errors not related to writing, for instance: >
5630
5631 :au BufWritePre * unlet novar
5632
5633There could even be such errors you are not responsible for as a script
5634writer: a user of your script might have defined such autocommands. You would
5635then hide the error from the user.
5636 It is much better to use >
5637
5638 :try
5639 : write
5640 :catch /^Vim(write):/
5641 :endtry
5642
5643which only catches real write errors. So catch only what you'd like to ignore
5644intentionally.
5645
5646For a single command that does not cause execution of autocommands, you could
5647even suppress the conversion of errors to exceptions by the ":silent!"
5648command: >
5649 :silent! nunmap k
5650This works also when a try conditional is active.
5651
5652
5653CATCHING INTERRUPTS *catch-interrupt*
5654
5655When there are active try conditionals, an interrupt (CTRL-C) is converted to
5656the exception "Vim:Interrupt". You can catch it like every exception. The
5657script is not terminated, then.
5658 Example: >
5659
5660 :function! TASK1()
5661 : sleep 10
5662 :endfunction
5663
5664 :function! TASK2()
5665 : sleep 20
5666 :endfunction
5667
5668 :while 1
5669 : let command = input("Type a command: ")
5670 : try
5671 : if command == ""
5672 : continue
5673 : elseif command == "END"
5674 : break
5675 : elseif command == "TASK1"
5676 : call TASK1()
5677 : elseif command == "TASK2"
5678 : call TASK2()
5679 : else
5680 : echo "\nIllegal command:" command
5681 : continue
5682 : endif
5683 : catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
5684 : echo "\nCommand interrupted"
5685 : " Caught the interrupt. Continue with next prompt.
5686 : endtry
5687 :endwhile
5688
5689You can interrupt a task here by pressing CTRL-C; the script then asks for
5690a new command. If you press CTRL-C at the prompt, the script is terminated.
5691
5692For testing what happens when CTRL-C would be pressed on a specific line in
5693your script, use the debug mode and execute the |>quit| or |>interrupt|
5694command on that line. See |debug-scripts|.
5695
5696
5697CATCHING ALL *catch-all*
5698
5699The commands >
5700
5701 :catch /.*/
5702 :catch //
5703 :catch
5704
5705catch everything, error exceptions, interrupt exceptions and exceptions
5706explicitly thrown by the |:throw| command. This is useful at the top level of
5707a script in order to catch unexpected things.
5708 Example: >
5709
5710 :try
5711 :
5712 : " do the hard work here
5713 :
5714 :catch /MyException/
5715 :
5716 : " handle known problem
5717 :
5718 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
5719 : echo "Script interrupted"
5720 :catch /.*/
5721 : echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")"
5722 : echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint
5723 :endtry
5724 :" end of script
5725
5726Note: Catching all might catch more things than you want. Thus, you are
5727strongly encouraged to catch only for problems that you can really handle by
5728specifying a pattern argument to the ":catch".
5729 Example: Catching all could make it nearly impossible to interrupt a script
5730by pressing CTRL-C: >
5731
5732 :while 1
5733 : try
5734 : sleep 1
5735 : catch
5736 : endtry
5737 :endwhile
5738
5739
5740EXCEPTIONS AND AUTOCOMMANDS *except-autocmd*
5741
5742Exceptions may be used during execution of autocommands. Example: >
5743
5744 :autocmd User x try
5745 :autocmd User x throw "Oops!"
5746 :autocmd User x catch
5747 :autocmd User x echo v:exception
5748 :autocmd User x endtry
5749 :autocmd User x throw "Arrgh!"
5750 :autocmd User x echo "Should not be displayed"
5751 :
5752 :try
5753 : doautocmd User x
5754 :catch
5755 : echo v:exception
5756 :endtry
5757
5758This displays "Oops!" and "Arrgh!".
5759
5760 *except-autocmd-Pre*
5761For some commands, autocommands get executed before the main action of the
5762command takes place. If an exception is thrown and not caught in the sequence
5763of autocommands, the sequence and the command that caused its execution are
5764abandoned and the exception is propagated to the caller of the command.
5765 Example: >
5766
5767 :autocmd BufWritePre * throw "FAIL"
5768 :autocmd BufWritePre * echo "Should not be displayed"
5769 :
5770 :try
5771 : write
5772 :catch
5773 : echo "Caught:" v:exception "from" v:throwpoint
5774 :endtry
5775
5776Here, the ":write" command does not write the file currently being edited (as
5777you can see by checking 'modified'), since the exception from the BufWritePre
5778autocommand abandons the ":write". The exception is then caught and the
5779script displays: >
5780
5781 Caught: FAIL from BufWrite Auto commands for "*"
5782<
5783 *except-autocmd-Post*
5784For some commands, autocommands get executed after the main action of the
5785command has taken place. If this main action fails and the command is inside
5786an active try conditional, the autocommands are skipped and an error exception
5787is thrown that can be caught by the caller of the command.
5788 Example: >
5789
5790 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "File successfully written!"
5791 :
5792 :try
5793 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
5794 :catch
5795 : echo v:exception
5796 :endtry
5797
5798This just displays: >
5799
5800 Vim(write):E212: Can't open file for writing (/i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e)
5801
5802If you really need to execute the autocommands even when the main action
5803fails, trigger the event from the catch clause.
5804 Example: >
5805
5806 :autocmd BufWritePre * set noreadonly
5807 :autocmd BufWritePost * set readonly
5808 :
5809 :try
5810 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
5811 :catch
5812 : doautocmd BufWritePost /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
5813 :endtry
5814<
5815You can also use ":silent!": >
5816
5817 :let x = "ok"
5818 :let v:errmsg = ""
5819 :autocmd BufWritePost * if v:errmsg != ""
5820 :autocmd BufWritePost * let x = "after fail"
5821 :autocmd BufWritePost * endif
5822 :try
5823 : silent! write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
5824 :catch
5825 :endtry
5826 :echo x
5827
5828This displays "after fail".
5829
5830If the main action of the command does not fail, exceptions from the
5831autocommands will be catchable by the caller of the command: >
5832
5833 :autocmd BufWritePost * throw ":-("
5834 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "Should not be displayed"
5835 :
5836 :try
5837 : write
5838 :catch
5839 : echo v:exception
5840 :endtry
5841<
5842 *except-autocmd-Cmd*
5843For some commands, the normal action can be replaced by a sequence of
5844autocommands. Exceptions from that sequence will be catchable by the caller
5845of the command.
5846 Example: For the ":write" command, the caller cannot know whether the file
5847had actually been written when the exception occurred. You need to tell it in
5848some way. >
5849
5850 :if !exists("cnt")
5851 : let cnt = 0
5852 :
5853 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if &modified
5854 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * let cnt = cnt + 1
5855 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 2
5856 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
5857 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
5858 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * write | set nomodified
5859 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 0
5860 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
5861 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
5862 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * echo "File successfully written!"
5863 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
5864 :endif
5865 :
5866 :try
5867 : write
5868 :catch /^BufWriteCmdError$/
5869 : if &modified
5870 : echo "Error on writing (file contents not changed)"
5871 : else
5872 : echo "Error after writing"
5873 : endif
5874 :catch /^Vim(write):/
5875 : echo "Error on writing"
5876 :endtry
5877
5878When this script is sourced several times after making changes, it displays
5879first >
5880 File successfully written!
5881then >
5882 Error on writing (file contents not changed)
5883then >
5884 Error after writing
5885etc.
5886
5887 *except-autocmd-ill*
5888You cannot spread a try conditional over autocommands for different events.
5889The following code is ill-formed: >
5890
5891 :autocmd BufWritePre * try
5892 :
5893 :autocmd BufWritePost * catch
5894 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo v:exception
5895 :autocmd BufWritePost * endtry
5896 :
5897 :write
5898
5899
5900EXCEPTION HIERARCHIES AND PARAMETERIZED EXCEPTIONS *except-hier-param*
5901
5902Some programming languages allow to use hierarchies of exception classes or to
5903pass additional information with the object of an exception class. You can do
5904similar things in Vim.
5905 In order to throw an exception from a hierarchy, just throw the complete
5906class name with the components separated by a colon, for instance throw the
5907string "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW" for an overflow in a mathematical library.
5908 When you want to pass additional information with your exception class, add
5909it in parentheses, for instance throw the string "EXCEPT:IO:WRITEERR(myfile)"
5910for an error when writing "myfile".
5911 With the appropriate patterns in the ":catch" command, you can catch for
5912base classes or derived classes of your hierarchy. Additional information in
5913parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
5914 Example: >
5915
5916 :function! CheckRange(a, func)
5917 : if a:a < 0
5918 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")"
5919 : endif
5920 :endfunction
5921 :
5922 :function! Add(a, b)
5923 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Add")
5924 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Add")
5925 : let c = a:a + a:b
5926 : if c < 0
5927 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW"
5928 : endif
5929 : return c
5930 :endfunction
5931 :
5932 :function! Div(a, b)
5933 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Div")
5934 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Div")
5935 : if (a:b == 0)
5936 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:ZERODIV"
5937 : endif
5938 : return a:a / a:b
5939 :endfunction
5940 :
5941 :function! Write(file)
5942 : try
5943 : execute "write" a:file
5944 : catch /^Vim(write):/
5945 : throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR"
5946 : endtry
5947 :endfunction
5948 :
5949 :try
5950 :
5951 : " something with arithmetics and I/O
5952 :
5953 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/
5954 : let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "")
5955 : echo "Range error in" function
5956 :
5957 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR/ " catches OVERFLOW and ZERODIV
5958 : echo "Math error"
5959 :
5960 :catch /^EXCEPT:IO/
5961 : let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "")
5962 : let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "")
5963 : if file !~ '^/'
5964 : let file = dir . "/" . file
5965 : endif
5966 : echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"'
5967 :
5968 :catch /^EXCEPT/
5969 : echo "Unspecified error"
5970 :
5971 :endtry
5972
5973The exceptions raised by Vim itself (on error or when pressing CTRL-C) use
5974a flat hierarchy: they are all in the "Vim" class. You cannot throw yourself
5975exceptions with the "Vim" prefix; they are reserved for Vim.
5976 Vim error exceptions are parameterized with the name of the command that
5977failed, if known. See |catch-errors|.
5978
5979
5980PECULIARITIES
5981 *except-compat*
5982The exception handling concept requires that the command sequence causing the
5983exception is aborted immediately and control is transferred to finally clauses
5984and/or a catch clause.
5985
5986In the Vim script language there are cases where scripts and functions
5987continue after an error: in functions without the "abort" flag or in a command
5988after ":silent!", control flow goes to the following line, and outside
5989functions, control flow goes to the line following the outermost ":endwhile"
5990or ":endif". On the other hand, errors should be catchable as exceptions
5991(thus, requiring the immediate abortion).
5992
5993This problem has been solved by converting errors to exceptions and using
5994immediate abortion (if not suppressed by ":silent!") only when a try
5995conditional is active. This is no restriction since an (error) exception can
5996be caught only from an active try conditional. If you want an immediate
5997termination without catching the error, just use a try conditional without
5998catch clause. (You can cause cleanup code being executed before termination
5999by specifying a finally clause.)
6000
6001When no try conditional is active, the usual abortion and continuation
6002behavior is used instead of immediate abortion. This ensures compatibility of
6003scripts written for Vim 6.1 and earlier.
6004
6005However, when sourcing an existing script that does not use exception handling
6006commands (or when calling one of its functions) from inside an active try
6007conditional of a new script, you might change the control flow of the existing
6008script on error. You get the immediate abortion on error and can catch the
6009error in the new script. If however the sourced script suppresses error
6010messages by using the ":silent!" command (checking for errors by testing
6011|v:errmsg| if appropriate), its execution path is not changed. The error is
6012not converted to an exception. (See |:silent|.) So the only remaining cause
6013where this happens is for scripts that don't care about errors and produce
6014error messages. You probably won't want to use such code from your new
6015scripts.
6016
6017 *except-syntax-err*
6018Syntax errors in the exception handling commands are never caught by any of
6019the ":catch" commands of the try conditional they belong to. Its finally
6020clauses, however, is executed.
6021 Example: >
6022
6023 :try
6024 : try
6025 : throw 4711
6026 : catch /\(/
6027 : echo "in catch with syntax error"
6028 : catch
6029 : echo "inner catch-all"
6030 : finally
6031 : echo "inner finally"
6032 : endtry
6033 :catch
6034 : echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"'
6035 : finally
6036 : echo "outer finally"
6037 :endtry
6038
6039This displays: >
6040 inner finally
6041 outer catch-all caught "Vim(catch):E54: Unmatched \("
6042 outer finally
6043The original exception is discarded and an error exception is raised, instead.
6044
6045 *except-single-line*
6046The ":try", ":catch", ":finally", and ":endtry" commands can be put on
6047a single line, but then syntax errors may make it difficult to recognize the
6048"catch" line, thus you better avoid this.
6049 Example: >
6050 :try | unlet! foo # | catch | endtry
6051raises an error exception for the trailing characters after the ":unlet!"
6052argument, but does not see the ":catch" and ":endtry" commands, so that the
6053error exception is discarded and the "E488: Trailing characters" message gets
6054displayed.
6055
6056 *except-several-errors*
6057When several errors appear in a single command, the first error message is
6058usually the most specific one and therefor converted to the error exception.
6059 Example: >
6060 echo novar
6061causes >
6062 E121: Undefined variable: novar
6063 E15: Invalid expression: novar
6064The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6065 Vim(echo):E121: Undefined variable: novar
6066< *except-syntax-error*
6067But when a syntax error is detected after a normal error in the same command,
6068the syntax error is used for the exception being thrown.
6069 Example: >
6070 unlet novar #
6071causes >
6072 E108: No such variable: "novar"
6073 E488: Trailing characters
6074The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6075 Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters
6076This is done because the syntax error might change the execution path in a way
6077not intended by the user. Example: >
6078 try
6079 try | unlet novar # | catch | echo v:exception | endtry
6080 catch /.*/
6081 echo "outer catch:" v:exception
6082 endtry
6083This displays "outer catch: Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters", and then
6084a "E600: Missing :endtry" error message is given, see |except-single-line|.
6085
6086==============================================================================
60879. Examples *eval-examples*
6088
6089Printing in Hex ~
6090>
6091 :" The function Nr2Hex() returns the Hex string of a number.
6092 :func Nr2Hex(nr)
6093 : let n = a:nr
6094 : let r = ""
6095 : while n
6096 : let r = '0123456789ABCDEF'[n % 16] . r
6097 : let n = n / 16
6098 : endwhile
6099 : return r
6100 :endfunc
6101
6102 :" The function String2Hex() converts each character in a string to a two
6103 :" character Hex string.
6104 :func String2Hex(str)
6105 : let out = ''
6106 : let ix = 0
6107 : while ix < strlen(a:str)
6108 : let out = out . Nr2Hex(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
6109 : let ix = ix + 1
6110 : endwhile
6111 : return out
6112 :endfunc
6113
6114Example of its use: >
6115 :echo Nr2Hex(32)
6116result: "20" >
6117 :echo String2Hex("32")
6118result: "3332"
6119
6120
6121Sorting lines (by Robert Webb) ~
6122
6123Here is a Vim script to sort lines. Highlight the lines in Vim and type
6124":Sort". This doesn't call any external programs so it'll work on any
6125platform. The function Sort() actually takes the name of a comparison
6126function as its argument, like qsort() does in C. So you could supply it
6127with different comparison functions in order to sort according to date etc.
6128>
6129 :" Function for use with Sort(), to compare two strings.
6130 :func! Strcmp(str1, str2)
6131 : if (a:str1 < a:str2)
6132 : return -1
6133 : elseif (a:str1 > a:str2)
6134 : return 1
6135 : else
6136 : return 0
6137 : endif
6138 :endfunction
6139
6140 :" Sort lines. SortR() is called recursively.
6141 :func! SortR(start, end, cmp)
6142 : if (a:start >= a:end)
6143 : return
6144 : endif
6145 : let partition = a:start - 1
6146 : let middle = partition
6147 : let partStr = getline((a:start + a:end) / 2)
6148 : let i = a:start
6149 : while (i <= a:end)
6150 : let str = getline(i)
6151 : exec "let result = " . a:cmp . "(str, partStr)"
6152 : if (result <= 0)
6153 : " Need to put it before the partition. Swap lines i and partition.
6154 : let partition = partition + 1
6155 : if (result == 0)
6156 : let middle = partition
6157 : endif
6158 : if (i != partition)
6159 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6160 : call setline(i, str2)
6161 : call setline(partition, str)
6162 : endif
6163 : endif
6164 : let i = i + 1
6165 : endwhile
6166
6167 : " Now we have a pointer to the "middle" element, as far as partitioning
6168 : " goes, which could be anywhere before the partition. Make sure it is at
6169 : " the end of the partition.
6170 : if (middle != partition)
6171 : let str = getline(middle)
6172 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6173 : call setline(middle, str2)
6174 : call setline(partition, str)
6175 : endif
6176 : call SortR(a:start, partition - 1, a:cmp)
6177 : call SortR(partition + 1, a:end, a:cmp)
6178 :endfunc
6179
6180 :" To Sort a range of lines, pass the range to Sort() along with the name of a
6181 :" function that will compare two lines.
6182 :func! Sort(cmp) range
6183 : call SortR(a:firstline, a:lastline, a:cmp)
6184 :endfunc
6185
6186 :" :Sort takes a range of lines and sorts them.
6187 :command! -nargs=0 -range Sort <line1>,<line2>call Sort("Strcmp")
6188<
6189 *sscanf*
6190There is no sscanf() function in Vim. If you need to extract parts from a
6191line, you can use matchstr() and substitute() to do it. This example shows
6192how to get the file name, line number and column number out of a line like
6193"foobar.txt, 123, 45". >
6194 :" Set up the match bit
6195 :let mx='\(\f\+\),\s*\(\d\+\),\s*\(\d\+\)'
6196 :"get the part matching the whole expression
6197 :let l = matchstr(line, mx)
6198 :"get each item out of the match
6199 :let file = substitute(l, mx, '\1', '')
6200 :let lnum = substitute(l, mx, '\2', '')
6201 :let col = substitute(l, mx, '\3', '')
6202
6203The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file",
6204"lnum" and "col". (idea from Michael Geddes)
6205
6206==============================================================================
620710. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature*
6208
6209When the |+eval| feature was disabled at compile time, none of the expression
6210evaluation commands are available. To prevent this from causing Vim scripts
6211to generate all kinds of errors, the ":if" and ":endif" commands are still
6212recognized, though the argument of the ":if" and everything between the ":if"
6213and the matching ":endif" is ignored. Nesting of ":if" blocks is allowed, but
6214only if the commands are at the start of the line. The ":else" command is not
6215recognized.
6216
6217Example of how to avoid executing commands when the |+eval| feature is
6218missing: >
6219
6220 :if 1
6221 : echo "Expression evaluation is compiled in"
6222 :else
6223 : echo "You will _never_ see this message"
6224 :endif
6225
6226==============================================================================
622711. The sandbox *eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48*
6228
6229The 'foldexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'statusline' and 'foldtext'
6230options are evaluated in a sandbox. This means that you are protected from
6231these expressions having nasty side effects. This gives some safety for when
6232these options are set from a modeline. It is also used when the command from
6233a tags file is executed.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006234The sandbox is also used for the |:sandbox| command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006235
6236These items are not allowed in the sandbox:
6237 - changing the buffer text
6238 - defining or changing mapping, autocommands, functions, user commands
6239 - setting certain options (see |option-summary|)
6240 - executing a shell command
6241 - reading or writing a file
6242 - jumping to another buffer or editing a file
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006243This is not guaranteed 100% secure, but it should block most attacks.
6244
6245 *:san* *:sandbox*
6246:sandbox {cmd} Execute {cmd} in the sandbox. Useful to evaluate an
6247 option that may have been set from a modeline, e.g.
6248 'foldexpr'.
6249
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006250
6251 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: